sv4
As filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on January 20, 2006
Registration
No. 333-
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
CARDTRONICS, INC.*
(exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
76-0681190 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) |
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.) |
|
|
|
3110 Hayes Road, Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77082
(281) 596-9988
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Registrants Principal Executive
Offices) |
|
J. Chris Brewster
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
3110 Hayes Road, Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77082
(281) 596-9988
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone
Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent for Service) |
Copy to:
David P. Oelman, Esq.
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
2300 First City Tower
1001 Fannin Street
Houston, Texas 77002-6760
713-758-3708
713-615-5861 (fax)
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of
this Registration Statement.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being
offered in connection with the formation of a holding company
and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check
the following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum |
|
|
Proposed Maximum |
|
|
Amount of |
Title of Each Class of |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Offering |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
Registration |
Securities to be Registered |
|
|
to be Registered |
|
|
Price per Note(1) |
|
|
Offering Price(1) |
|
|
Fee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.250% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013
|
|
|
$200,000,000 |
|
|
100% |
|
|
$200,000,000 |
|
|
$21,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantees by certain of Cardtronics, Inc.s subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration
fee in accordance with Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act
of 1933. |
|
(2) |
Pursuant to Rule 457(n) no separate fee for the guarantees
is payable because the guarantees relate to other securities
that are being registered concurrently. |
|
|
|
|
* |
Includes certain subsidiaries of Cardtronics, Inc. identified
below. |
Cardtronics GP, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter)
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
75-3003720 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
Cardtronics LP, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter)
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
51-0412519 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
Cardtronics, LP
(Exact Name of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter)
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
76-0419117 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
Each Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until
the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically
states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become
effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement
shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
PROSPECTUS
Cardtronics, Inc.
Offer to Exchange up to
$200,000,000 of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2013
for
$200,000,000 of 9.250% Senior Notes due 2013
that have been Registered under the Securities Act of 1933
Terms of the Exchange Offer
|
|
|
|
|
We are offering to exchange up to $200,000,000 of our
outstanding 9.250% Senior Notes due 2013 for new notes with
substantially identical terms that have been registered under
the Securities Act and are freely tradable. |
|
|
|
We will exchange all outstanding notes that you validly tender
and do not validly withdraw before the exchange offer expires
for an equal principal amount of new notes. |
|
|
|
The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time,
on ,
2006, unless extended. We do not currently intend to extend the
exchange offer. |
|
|
|
Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior
to the expiration of the exchange offer. |
|
|
|
The exchange of outstanding notes for new notes will not be a
taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. |
Terms of the New 9.250% Senior Notes Offered in the
Exchange Offer
Maturity
|
|
|
|
|
The new notes will mature on August 15, 2013. |
Interest
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on the new notes is payable on February 15 and August
15 of each year. |
|
|
|
Interest will accrue from August 12, 2005 or the most
recent date to which interest has been paid. |
Redemption
|
|
|
|
|
We may redeem some or all of the new notes at any time on or
after August 15, 2009 at redemption prices listed in
Description of the New Notes Optional
Redemption, and we may redeem some or all of the notes
before that date by the payment of a make-whole premium. |
|
|
|
Subject to certain limitations, we may also redeem up to 35% of
the new notes using the proceeds of certain equity offerings
completed before August 15, 2008. |
Change of Control
|
|
|
|
|
If we experience a change of control, subject to certain
conditions, we must offer to purchase the new notes. |
Ranking
|
|
|
|
|
The new notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations. The
new notes rank junior in right of payment with all of our other
existing and future senior debt including borrowings under our
bank credit facilities. |
Please read Risk Factors on page 8 for a
discussion of factors you should consider before participating
in the exchange offer.
These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the
Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities
commission nor has the Securities and Exchange Commission passed
upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2006.
This prospectus is part of a registration statement we filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In making your
investment decision, you should rely only on the information
contained in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of
transmittal. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
any other information. If you receive any unauthorized
information, you must not rely on it. We are not making an offer
to sell these securities in any state where the offer is not
permitted. You should not assume that the information contained
in this prospectus, or the documents incorporated by reference
into this prospectus, is accurate as of any date other than the
date on the front cover of this prospectus or the date of such
document, as the case may be.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information and
statistics regarding economic trends and conditions and other
data pertaining to the ATM industry. We have obtained this data
from our own research, surveys and studies conducted by third
parties such as Dove Consulting Group, Inc., industry or other
publications, such as ATM&Debit News, APACS ATM Survey,
APACS Yearbook of Payment Statistics and other publicly
available sources. We believe that our sources of information
and estimates are reliable and accurate, but we have not
independently verified them. Our statements about the ATM
industry generally, the number and type of ATMs in various
markets, and the size and operations of our competitors in this
prospectus are based on our managements belief, this
statistical data, internal studies and our knowledge of industry
trends.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and
Section 21F of the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements
include information relating
i
to future events, future financial performance, strategies,
expectations, competitive environment, regulation and
availability of resources. These forward-looking statements
include statements regarding: proposed new programs;
expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will
not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial
position, results of operations or liquidity; statements
concerning projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or
forecasts as to our business, financial and operational results
and future economic performance; and statements of
managements goals and objectives and other similar
expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts.
Words such as may, will,
should, could, would,
predicts, potential,
continue, expects,
anticipates, future,
intends, plans, believes,
estimates and similar expressions, as well as
statements in future tense, identify
forward-looking
statements.
You should not read forward-looking statements as a guarantee of
future performance or results. They will not necessarily be
accurate indications of the times at or by which such
performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking
statements are based on information available at the time those
statements are made and/or managements good faith belief
as of that time with respect to future events. Such statements
are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual
performance or results to differ materially from those expressed
in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important
factors that could cause such differences include, but are not
limited to reliance on third parties for cash management
services; increased regulation and regulatory uncertainty;
trends in ATM usage; decreases in the number of ATMs we can
place with our top merchants; increased industry competition;
our ability to continue to execute our growth strategies; risks
associated with the acquisition of other ATM networks; changes
in interest rates; declines in, or system failures that
interrupt or delay, ATM transactions; changes in the ATM
transaction fees we receive; changes in ATM technology; changes
in foreign currency rates; general and economic conditions; and
other factors discussed under the headings Risk
Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and
Business.
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the
statements are made. You should not put undue reliance on any
forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update
forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in
assumptions or changes in other factors affecting
forward-looking information, except to the extent required by
applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more
forward-looking
statements, you should draw no inference that we will make
additional updates with respect to those or other
forward-looking statements.
ii
SUMMARY
This summary may not contain all the information that may be
important to you. You should read this entire prospectus and the
documents we have incorporated into this prospectus by reference
before making an investment decision. You should carefully
consider the information set forth under Risk
Factors. In addition, certain statements include
forward-looking information which involves risks and
uncertainties. Please read Forward-Looking
Statements. Unless this prospectus otherwise indicates or
the context otherwise requires, the terms we,
our, us Cardtronics or the
Company as used in this prospectus refer to
Cardtronics, Inc. and its subsidiaries. We refer to automated
teller machines as ATMs throughout this registration
statement. Information referred to in this registration
statement as pro forma gives effect to our
June 30, 2004 acquisition of the ATM business of E*TRADE
Access, Inc. (which we refer to as E*TRADE Access)
and our May 17, 2005 acquisition of Bank Machine
(Acquisitions) Ltd. (which we refer to as Bank
Machine), as if each had occurred prior to the period for
which such information is given.
Company Overview
We operate the largest network of ATMs in the United States and
we are a leading ATM operator in the United Kingdom. As of
September 30, 2005, our network included approximately
26,400 ATMs. For the year ended December 31, 2004, and pro
forma for our E*TRADE Access and Bank Machine acquisitions, our
ATMs dispensed over $9.1 billion in cash and processed more
than 161.4 million transactions. We deploy and operate ATMs
under two distinct arrangements with our merchant partners:
company-owned and
merchant-owned. Under
company-owned arrangements, we provide the ATM and are typically
responsible for all aspects of its operation, including
procuring cash, supplies and telecommunications as well as
routine and technical maintenance. Under merchant-owned
arrangements, the merchant owns the ATM and is responsible for
providing cash and performing simple maintenance tasks, while we
provide more complex maintenance services, transaction
processing and connection to electronic funds transfer networks.
As of September 30, 2005, approximately 44% of our ATMs
were company-owned and 56% were merchant-owned. Because our
margins are significantly higher on our company-owned machines
as a result of the value of the breadth of services we provide,
our internal and acquisition growth strategy will focus on
increasing the number of company-owned ATMs in our network.
Our domestic ATM network is strengthened by contractual
relationships with leading retail merchants in a variety of
businesses. Amerada Hess, BP Amoco, Chevron, Circle K, Costco,
CVS Pharmacy, Duane Reade, ExxonMobil, Mills Malls, Sunoco,
Target and Walgreens are among our largest domestic merchants in
terms of our revenues. Alfred Jones, Co-Op, Mitchells &
Butlers, the U.K. Post Office, Tates and Tesco are among our
largest United Kingdom merchants in terms of our revenues. Our
merchant customers operate high consumer traffic locations, such
as convenience stores, supermarkets, membership warehouses, drug
stores, shopping malls and airports. Our merchant relationships
are typically governed by multi-year contracts with initial
terms of five years or more. On a pro forma basis for the year
ended December 31, 2004, we generated $278.4 million
of revenues and approximately $2.3 million of net income.
Our revenue is recurring in nature and is primarily derived from
ATM surcharge fees paid by cardholders and interchange fees paid
by their banks and other financial institutions. We generate
additional revenue by branding our ATMs with signage from banks
and other financial institutions, resulting in added convenience
for their customers and increased usage of our ATMs. We
typically provide our merchant customers with all of the
services required to operate an ATM, which include transaction
processing, cash management, maintenance and monitoring. We
believe that we are among the low-cost providers in our industry
due primarily to our substantial network of ATMs, which provides
us significant scale advantages. Our focus on customer service,
together with our experience and scale, has contributed to
strong relationships with leading national and regional
merchants in the United States and we expect to develop the same
strong relationships in the United Kingdom.
1
Since May 2001, we have acquired 12 networks of ATMs and
one operator of a surcharge-free ATM alliance, increasing the
number of ATMs we operate from approximately 4,100 to
approximately 26,400 as of September 30, 2005. On
June 30, 2004, we acquired the ATM business of E*TRADE
Access, adding approximately 13,155 ATMs to our network, and on
May 17, 2005, we acquired Bank Machine, which expanded our
operations to the United Kingdom and added approximately
1,000 ATMs to our network. From 2001 to 2004, the total number
of annual transactions processed within our network increased
from approximately 19.9 million to approximately
111.6 million.
Our principal executive offices are located at 3110 Hayes Road,
Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77082 and our telephone number is
(281) 596-9988. Our website address is
www.cardtronics.com. Information contained on our website
is not part of this prospectus.
Recent Transactions
Bank Machine Acquisition. On May 17, 2005, we
acquired the ATM business of Bank Machine (Acquisitions)
Limited, an independent operator of ATMs in the United Kingdom,
for approximately $92.0 million in cash and
35,221 shares of our Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock valued by us at approximately $3.0 million. Through
this transaction, we acquired approximately 1,000 ATMs and
related site agreements, of which approximately 850 are
company-owned and 150 are merchant-owned ATMs. On average, these
ATMs process twice the number of surcharge-bearing transactions
and have approximately 40% higher revenue per surcharge-bearing
transaction than our domestic ATMs. This acquisition also
allowed us to expand our business to the United Kingdom and
positions us for further expansion to other European markets.
E*TRADE Access Acquisition. On June 30, 2004,
we acquired the ATM business of E*TRADE Access, Inc., an
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of E*TRADE Financial Corp., for
approximately $106.9 million in cash. Through this
transaction we acquired 13,155 ATMs and related placement
agreements, of which approximately 2,450 were company-owned and
10,705 were merchant-owned. As a result of this acquisition, we
increased the number of ATM machines that we own or manage from
approximately 12,000 to over 25,000 ATMs. This acquisition also
allowed us to expand our relationships with national merchants,
including Albertsons, Chevron, CVS Pharmacy and Target, through
the placement agreements that we acquired.
Other Acquisitions. On March 1, 2005, we
acquired a portfolio of approximately 475 ATMs and related
contracts located in independent grocery stores in and around
the New York metropolitan area for approximately
$8.2 million in cash. On April 21, 2005, we acquired a
portfolio of approximately 330 ATMs and related contracts, at BP
Amoco locations throughout the Midwest, for approximately
$9.0 million in cash. Such acquisitions were funded with
cash on hand and borrowings under our bank credit facilities.
Substantially all of the ATMs acquired in these transactions are
company-owned.
On December 21, 2005, we acquired all of the outstanding
shares of ATM National, Inc., the owner and operator of a
nationwide surcharge-free ATM alliance. The consideration for
such acquisition totaled $4.4 million, and was comprised of
$2.6 million in cash and 21,111 shares of our common
stock. Additionally, we agreed to assume approximately
$1.3 million in liabilities associated with such
acquisition. Furthermore, the merger agreement allows for the
issuance of up to 10,000 additional shares of our common stock
within 105 days of the closing date based on the occurrence
of certain events.
Preferred Stock Offering. On February 10,
2005, we issued 894,568 shares of our Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock to investment funds controlled by TA
Associates, Inc. for gross proceeds of $75.0 million,
representing a 30.6% equity interest on a fully diluted basis as
of such date. The net proceeds of this offering were used to
redeem all of the outstanding shares of our Series A
Preferred Stock and to repurchase approximately 24% of our
outstanding shares of common stock and vested options to
purchase our common
2
stock. In connection with that offering, we also appointed two
designees of TA Associates, Inc. to our board of directors.
Amended and Restated Credit Facilities. On
May 17, 2005, in connection with our Bank Machine
acquisition, we amended and restated our bank credit facilities
with BNP Paribas and Bank of America, N.A. We used borrowings
from these secured facilities to finance our Bank Machine
acquisition and repay amounts under our prior facilities. Our
bank credit facilities, as amended and restated, consisted of a
revolving credit facility of up to $100.0 million, a first
lien term facility of up to $125.0 million and a second
lien term facility of up to $75.0 million. We utilized the
net proceeds from our senior subordinated notes offering, as
discussed below, along with additional borrowings under our
revolving credit facility to retire permanently our first and
second lien term loans in August 2005. In addition, our
revolving credit facility was increased to a maximum borrowing
capacity of $150.0 million, subject to the financial
covenants contained in the revolving credit facility. As of
September 30, 2005, we had approximately $41.8 million
outstanding under the facility and the ability to borrow an
additional $37.1 million under the facility. Substantially
all of our domestic assets and 65% of the capital stock of our
United Kingdom subsidiaries are pledged to secure borrowings
under our revolving credit facility. Furthermore, each of our
domestic subsidiaries has guaranteed our obligations under the
facility.
Senior Subordinated Notes Offering. On
August 12, 2005, we issued $200.0 million in senior
subordinated notes pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended. Such senior subordinated notes are the
notes that are subject to the exchange offer described herein.
3
The Exchange Offer
On August 12, 2005, we completed a private offering of
the outstanding notes. As part of the private offering, we
entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial
purchasers of the outstanding notes in which we agreed, among
other things, to deliver this prospectus to you and to use our
best efforts to complete the exchange offer within 330 days
after the date we issued the outstanding notes. The following is
a summary of the exchange offer.
|
|
|
Exchange Offer |
|
We are offering to exchange new notes for outstanding notes. |
|
Expiration Date |
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City
time,
on ,
2006, unless we decide to extend it. |
|
Condition to the Exchange Offer |
|
The registration rights agreement does not require us to accept
outstanding notes for exchange if the exchange offer or the
making of any exchange by a holder of the outstanding notes
would violate any applicable law or interpretation of the staff
of the SEC. A minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding
notes being tendered is not a condition to the exchange offer. |
|
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes |
|
To participate in the exchange offer, you must follow the
procedures established by The Depository Trust Company, which we
call DTC, for tendering notes held in book-entry
form. These procedures, which we call ATOP, require
that the exchange agent receive, prior to the expiration date of
the exchange offer, a computer generated message known as an
agents message that is transmitted through
DTCs automated tender offer program and that DTC confirm
that: |
|
|
|
DTC has received your instructions to exchange your
notes; and |
|
|
|
you agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of
transmittal. |
|
|
|
For more details, please refer to the sections of this
prospectus entitled Exchange Offer Terms of
the Exchange Offer and Procedures for
Tendering. |
|
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures |
|
None. |
|
Withdrawal of Tenders |
|
You may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time
prior to the expiration date. To withdraw, you must submit a
notice of withdrawal to exchange agent using ATOP procedures
before 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the expiration date
of the exchange offer. Please read Exchange
Offer Withdrawal of Tenders. |
|
Acceptance of Outstanding Notes and Delivery of New Notes |
|
If you fulfill all conditions required for proper acceptance of
outstanding notes, we will accept any and all outstanding notes
that you properly tender in the exchange offer on or before
5:00 p.m. New York City time on the expiration date. We
will return any outstanding note that we do not accept for
exchange to you without expense as promptly as practicable after
the expiration date. We will deliver the new notes as promptly
as practicable after the expiration date and acceptance of the
outstanding notes |
4
|
|
|
|
|
for exchange. Please refer to the section in this prospectus
entitled Exchange Offer Terms of the Exchange
Offer. |
|
Fees and Expenses |
|
We will bear all expenses related to the exchange offer. Please
refer to the section in this prospectus entitled Exchange
Offer Fees and Expenses. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
The issuance of the new notes will not provide us with any new
proceeds. We are making this exchange offer solely to satisfy
our obligations under our registration rights agreement. |
|
Consequences of Failure to Exchange Outstanding Notes |
|
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes in this exchange
offer, you will no longer be able to require us to register the
outstanding notes under the Securities Act except in the limited
circumstances provided under our registration rights agreement.
In addition, you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or
otherwise transfer the outstanding notes unless we have
registered the outstanding notes under the Securities Act, or
unless you resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them
under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in
a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act. |
|
U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations |
|
The exchange of new notes for outstanding notes in the exchange
offer should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income
tax purposes. Please read Federal Income Tax
Considerations. |
|
Exchange Agent |
|
We have appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as
exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct
questions and requests for assistance and requests for
additional copies of this prospectus (including the letter of
transmittal) to the exchange agent addressed as follows: Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, Attention: Corporate Trust
Operations, Sixth and Marquette, MAC N9303-121, Minneapolis, MN
55479. Eligible institutions may make requests by facsimile at
(612) 667-4927.
|
5
Terms of the New Notes
The new notes will be identical to the outstanding notes
except that the new notes are registered under the Securities
Act and will not have restrictions on transfer, registration
rights or provisions for additional interest and will contain
different administrative terms. The new notes will evidence the
same debt as the outstanding notes, and the same indenture will
govern the new notes and the outstanding notes.
The following summary contains basic information about the
new notes and is not intended to be complete. It does not
contain all the information that is important to you. For a more
complete understanding of the new notes, please refer to the
section of this prospectus entitled Description of the New
Notes.
|
|
|
Issuer |
|
Cardtronics, Inc. |
|
Notes Offered |
|
$200.0 million aggregate principal amount of
91/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the notes). |
|
Maturity |
|
The notes will mature on August 15, 2013. |
|
Interest |
|
Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of
91/4% per
annum. Interest on the notes will be payable semi-annually, in
cash, in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year,
commencing on February 15, 2006. |
|
Guarantees |
|
All payments on the notes, including principal and interest,
will be jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior
subordinated basis by all of our existing domestic subsidiaries
and certain of our future subsidiaries. See Description of
the New Notes Guarantees. |
|
Ranking |
|
The notes and the guarantees will be unsecured senior
subordinated obligations and will rank: |
|
|
|
junior in right of payment to all of our and our
subsidiary guarantors existing and future senior
indebtedness, including borrowings under our bank credit
facilities and guarantees of those borrowings; |
|
|
|
equally in right of payment with any of our and our
subsidiary guarantors future senior subordinated
indebtedness; and |
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to any of our and our
subsidiary guarantors future indebtedness that is
expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes. |
|
Optional Redemption |
|
We may redeem some or all of the notes on or after
August 15, 2009 at the redemption prices set forth in this
registration statement. At any time prior to August 15,
2009, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at a price
equal to 100% of their outstanding principal amount plus the
make-whole premium described under Description of the New
Notes Optional Redemption. |
|
|
|
In addition, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of the notes at a redemption price of 109.250% using the
proceeds of certain equity offerings completed on or before
August 15, 2008. We may make this redemption only if, after
the redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount
of the notes originally issued remains outstanding. |
6
|
|
|
Change of Control |
|
If we sell substantially all of our assets or experience
specific kinds of changes of control, we must offer to
repurchase the notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of their
principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the date of purchase. |
|
Certain Covenants |
|
The indenture governing the notes contains covenants that, among
other things, limit our ability and the ability of our
subsidiaries to: |
|
|
|
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; |
|
|
|
incur senior subordinated debt; |
|
|
|
make certain restricted payments; |
|
|
|
consolidate or merge with or into other companies; |
|
|
|
conduct asset sales; |
|
|
|
restrict dividends or other payments to us; |
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates or related
persons; |
|
|
|
create liens; |
|
|
|
redeem or repurchase capital stock; and |
|
|
|
issue and sell preferred stock in restricted
subsidiaries. |
|
|
|
These limitations will be subject to a number of important
qualifications and exceptions. See Description of the New
Notes Certain Covenants. |
|
Absence of a Public Market |
|
The new notes generally will be freely transferable; however,
there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of
any market for the new notes. |
Investment in the notes involves substantial risks. See
Risk Factors immediately following this summary for
a discussion of certain risks relating to an investment in the
notes.
7
RISK FACTORS
Before making an investment decision with respect to the
exchange offer you should carefully consider the following
risks, as well as the other information contained in this
prospectus memorandum, including our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes and Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations. The risks described below are those which we
believe are the material risks we face as well as risks related
to the exchange offer.
Risks Related to Our Business
|
|
|
We operate in a changing and unpredictable regulatory
environment. If we are subject to new legislation regarding the
operation of our ATMs, we could be required to make substantial
expenditures to comply with such legislation, which may
adversely affect our profit margins. |
With its initial roots in the banking industry, the ATM industry
has always been regulated, if not by individual states, by the
rules and regulations of the federal Electronic Funds Transfer
Act, which establishes the rights, liabilities and
responsibilities of participants in electronic funds transfer,
or EFT, systems. The vast majority of states have few, if any,
licensing requirements. However, recent media publicity on the
use of electronic devices to steal ATM card information, or
skimming devices, at ATMs has resulted in several states,
including California, New Jersey and New York, introducing
legislation regulating the deployment and operation of ATMs. In
these three states no final legislation has been passed.
Accordingly, we may face a more restrictive and increased
regulatory environment in coming years.
|
|
|
The passing of legislation banning or limiting surcharge
fees would severely impact our revenue. |
As off-premise ATMs became more prevalent in the 1990s, a few
states (most notably Iowa) were slow to change their existing
laws that prohibited surcharge fees in connection with ATM
transactions. However, by the late 1990s, 49 states
permitted surcharge fees, with Iowa being the lone exception. In
2002, a federal court, relying upon the federal preemption
doctrine, and citing federal banking laws, overturned
Iowas law that prohibited ATM surcharge fees. Despite the
nationwide acceptance of surcharge fees at ATMs, a few consumer
activists (most notably in California) have from time to time
attempted to impose local bans on surcharge fees. Even in the
few instances where these efforts have passed the local
governing body (such as with an ordinance adopted by the city of
Santa Monica, California), federal courts have overturned these
local laws on federal preemption grounds. However, such efforts
may resurface and, should the federal courts abandon their
adherence to the federal preemption doctrine, such efforts could
receive more favorable consideration than in the past. Any
successful legislation banning or limiting surcharge fees could
result in a substantial loss of revenues and significantly
curtail our ability to continue our operations as currently
configured.
In the United Kingdom, the Treasury Select Committee of the
House of Commons published a report regarding surcharges in the
ATM industry in March 2005. This committee was formed to
investigate public concerns regarding the ATM industry,
including adequacy of disclosure to ATM customers regarding
surcharges, whether ATM providers should be required to provide
free services in low-income areas and whether to limit the level
of surcharges. The committees report included a number of
recommendations, including a recommendation to Parliament that
ATMs should be subject to the Banking Code, which is a voluntary
code of practice adopted by all financial institutions in the
United Kingdom. The U.K. government has yet to signal its
acceptance of the Committees report, and there is no
certainty that such report will be accepted. Should the report
be accepted, the main impact of the Banking Code will be that
ATM operators will be required to provide 30 days
notice to the public prior to converting a surcharge-free ATM to
one which charges surcharges. If the legislature or another body
with regulatory authority in the United Kingdom were to impose
limits on the level of surcharges for ATM transactions, our
business in the United Kingdom would be adversely affected.
8
|
|
|
We depend on ATM transaction fees for substantially all of
our revenues and would be adversely affected by a decline in
usage of or surcharge fees at our ATMs. |
Transaction fees charged to cardholders and their financial
institutions for transactions processed on our ATMs, including
surcharge and interchange transaction fees, have historically
accounted for most of our revenues. We expect that revenues from
ATM transaction fees will continue to account for a substantial
majority of our revenues for the foreseeable future.
Consequently, our future operating results will depend on
(1) the continued market acceptance of our services in our
target markets, (2) maintaining the level of transaction
fees we receive, (3) our ability to install, acquire and
operate more ATMs and (4) continued usage of our ATMs by
cardholders. For example, increased acceptance of credit and
debit cards by merchants and service providers, or any loss of
confidence by the consuming public in the safety and security of
ATM transactions, could result in decreased usage of our ATMs.
In addition, it is possible that alternative technologies to our
ATM services will be developed and implemented. If such
alternatives are successful, we will likely experience a decline
in the usage of our ATMs. Moreover, surcharge fees are set by
negotiation between us and our merchant partners, and could
change over time. Further, growth in surcharge-free ATM networks
and widespread consumer bias toward such networks could
adversely affect our revenue even though we receive fees from
our participation in surcharge-free networks. We cannot assure
you that surcharge fees will not decline in the future.
Accordingly, a decline in usage of our ATMs by ATM cardholders
or in the levels of fees received by us in connection with such
usage would have a material adverse impact on our business,
growth, financial condition and results of operations. During
the three months ended March 31, 2005 and June 30,
2005, total domestic transaction revenues (including surcharge,
interchange and branding fees) declined by approximately 2.7%
and 2.4%, respectively (versus prior year levels) for our ATMs
that were transacting throughout the same periods in both 2005
and 2004. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Industry Trends.
|
|
|
We will be subject to new proposed guidelines under the
Americans with Disabilities Act that may require us to retrofit
non-compliant ATMs, thus increasing our capital expenditures and
decreasing our net income. |
The Americans with Disabilities Act, or ADA, currently
prescribes provisions that ATMs be made accessible to and
independently usable by persons with vision impairments. The
Department of Justice is likely to adopt proposed accessibility
guidelines under the ADA that include provisions addressing ATMs
and how to make them more accessible to the disabled. Under the
proposals, ATM height and reach requirements would be shortened,
keypads would be required to be laid out in the manner of
telephone keypads, and ATMs would be required to possess speech
capabilities, among other modifications. If adopted, these new
guidelines would affect the manufacture of ATM equipment going
forward, could require us to retrofit the ATMs in our domestic
network, and may result in an increase in our capital
expenditures and a decrease in our net income. Further, from
time to time groups representing persons with various
disabilities have threatened or actually commenced litigation
against ATM owners or operators to require those operators to
make their ATMs more accessible to members of the affected group
in compliance with the ADA guidelines and similar state
statutes. In connection with our E*TRADE Access acquisition, we
assumed the liabilities related to a lawsuit filed by the
National Foundation for the Blind related to one of these
matters. This action and similar future actions from other
parties could result in a diversion of our management and
financial resources. See Business Legal
Proceedings.
|
|
|
We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from ATMs
placed with a small number of merchants. If one or more of our
top merchants were to cease doing business with us, or to
substantially reduce its dealings with us, our revenues could
decline. |
For the year ended December 31, 2004, and on a pro forma
basis giving effect to our E*TRADE Access and Bank Machine
acquisitions, we derived approximately 16% of our total revenues
from ATMs placed at the locations of our five largest merchants.
We expect to continue to depend upon a relatively small number
of merchants for a significant percentage of our revenues. The
loss of any of our largest merchants, or a decision by any one
of them to reduce the number of our ATMs placed in their
locations, would decrease our
9
revenues. These merchants may elect not to renew their contracts
when they expire. Even if such contracts are renewed, the
renewal terms may be less favorable to us than the current
contracts. If any of our five largest merchants fail to renew
their contracts upon expiration, or if the renewal terms with
any of them are less favorable to us than under our current
contracts, this could have a material adverse impact on our
business, growth, financial condition and results of operations.
On February 21, 2005, Winn-Dixie, a merchant customer with
which we had approximately 849 ATMs deployed as of June 30,
2005, and which accounted for approximately 2.4% of our total
revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2005, filed for
bankruptcy protection. As part of its bankruptcy restructuring
efforts, Winn-Dixie announced that it was planning to close
approximately 326 of its existing 913 stores. Of the
326 locations identified for closure by Winn-Dixie,
approximately 307 were locations in which we had deployed ATMs.
Accordingly, during the months of July and August 2005, all 307
ATMs were deinstalled from those locations, leaving us with
approximately 542 remaining operating locations as of
September 30, 2005.
If Winn -Dixies restructuring efforts are
unsuccessful and additional store closings are required, or
current transaction levels decline, our future operating results
may be negatively impacted through lower revenues and gross
profits, and the prospect of impairment charges.
|
|
|
The ATM industry is highly competitive and such
competition may increase, which may adversely affect our profit
margins. |
The ATM business is and can be expected to remain highly
competitive. While our principal competition in the United
States comes from national and regional financial institutions,
we also compete with other independent ATM companies. Several of
our competitors are larger, more established and have greater
financial and other resources than we do. Our competitors could
prevent us from obtaining or maintaining desirable locations for
our ATMs, cause us to reduce the surcharge revenue generated by
transactions at our ATMs or cause us to pay higher merchant
fees, thereby reducing our profits. In addition to our current
competitors, additional competitors may enter the market. We can
offer no assurance that we will be able to compete effectively
against these current and future competitors. Increased
competition could result in transaction fee reductions, reduced
gross margins and loss of market share.
In the United Kingdom, we face competition from several
companies with operations larger than our own. Many of these
competitors have financial and other resources substantially
greater than our United Kingdom subsidiary. These companies
may be able to pay more for acquisitions and may be able to
better define, evaluate, and bid for available acquisition
targets in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. Our ability to
expand our business to other areas of the United Kingdom and in
the future will depend upon our ability to successfully conduct
operations, evaluate and select suitable acquisitions, and
consummate transactions in this competitive environment.
|
|
|
We may be unable to integrate our recent and future
acquisitions in an efficient manner and inefficiencies would
increase our cost of operations and reduce our
profitability. |
Our acquisitions involve certain inherent risks to our business,
including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the operations, technology and personnel of any acquired
companies may be difficult to integrate; |
|
|
|
the allocation of management resources to consummate these
transactions may disrupt our
day-to-day
business; and |
|
|
|
acquired networks may not achieve anticipated revenues, earnings
or cash flow. Such a shortfall could require us to write down
the carrying value of the intangible assets associated with any
acquired company, which would adversely affect our reported
earnings. |
Since May 2001, we have acquired 12 ATM networks. Prior to our
E*TRADE Access and Bank Machine acquisitions, we had acquired
only the assets of deployed ATM networks, rather than businesses
and their related infrastructure. We currently anticipate that
our future acquisitions will likely reflect a mix of asset
acquisitions and acquisitions of businesses, with each
acquisition having its own set of unique
10
characteristics. To the extent that we elect to acquire an
existing company or the operations, technology and personnel of
another ATM provider, we may assume some or all of the
liabilities associated with the acquired company and face new
and added challenges integrating such acquisition into our
operations.
Our recent growth, particularly because of the size of our
E*TRADE Access and Bank Machine acquisitions, and any future
growth may strain our management systems, information systems
and resources. We will need to continue to invest in and improve
our financial and managerial controls, reporting systems and
procedures as we continue to grow and expand our business. As we
grow, we must also continue to hire, train, supervise and manage
new employees. We may not be able to hire, train, supervise and
manage sufficient personnel or develop management and operating
systems to manage our expansion effectively.
In addition, our Bank Machine acquisition created, and any
future acquisition of ATMs located outside the United States
will create, additional risks for us to manage, including,
exposure to foreign currency fluctuations, difficulties in
complying with foreign laws and regulations, staffing and
managing foreign operations and potentially adverse tax
consequences.
Any inability on our part to manage effectively our past or
future growth or to successfully grow the revenue and
profitability of our business could have a material adverse
effect on our business, growth, financial condition and results
of operations.
|
|
|
The full impact of our recent acquisitions on our
operating results is not fully reflected in our historical
financial results, which as a result we believe are not
necessarily indicative of our future results of
operations. |
Since May 2001, we have acquired 12 ATM networks, including our
recent E*TRADE Access and Bank Machine acquisitions. Nine of
these acquisitions contributed a substantial portion of our
total revenues in the year ended December 31, 2004, and
four of these acquisitions, representing approximately 72% of
the ATMs we have acquired since May 2001, were completed in 2004
and 2005. Of the approximately 18,900 ATMs we have acquired
since May 2001 and prior to December 31, 2004,
approximately 13,155 were acquired after January 2004. As a
result, our operating results for the year ended
December 31, 2004 do not reflect a
full-years
results for a significant portion of the ATMs we operated as of
December 31, 2004, including the approximately 13,155 ATMs
we acquired in our E*TRADE Access acquisition on June 30,
2004. Accordingly, our historical results may not be indicative
of results to be expected in future periods.
|
|
|
Changes in interest rates could increase our operating
costs by increasing interest expense under our credit facilities
and our cash management costs. |
Interest expense under our credit facilities and our vault cash
rental expense are sensitive to changes in interest rates,
particularly because a substantial majority of our indebtedness
earns interest at floating rates and our vault cash rental
expense is based on market rates of interest. Vault cash is the
cash we use in our machines in cases where cash is not provided
by the merchant. We pay rental fees on the average amount
outstanding to our vault cash providers under a floating rate
formula. Based on the $389.4 million in domestic vault cash
outstanding as of September 30, 2005, and taking into
account the $300.0 million in interest rate swaps that are
currently in effect, for every interest rate increase of
100 basis points, we would incur an additional
$0.9 million of vault cash rental expense on an annualized
basis. Additionally, based on the $45.3 million in vault
cash outstanding in the U.K. as of September 30, 2005, we
would incur an additional $0.5 million in vault cash rental
expense on an annualized basis for every interest rate increase
of 100 basis points. Furthermore, based on the
$41.8 million in floating rate indebtedness outstanding
under our credit facility as of September 30, 2005, for
every interest rate increase of 100 basis points, we would
incur an additional $0.4 million of annual interest
expense. Recent increases in interest rates in the
U.S. have resulted in increases in our interest expense
under our credit facility and our vault cash rental expense.
Although we currently hedge a substantial portion of our vault
cash interest rate risk over the next five years, we may not be
able to enter into similar arrangements for similar amounts in
the future. Furthermore, we have not currently entered into any
derivative financial instruments to hedge our variable interest
rate exposure in the U.K. Any significant future increases in
interest rates in the U.S. or the U.K. could have an
11
adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results
of operations by increasing our operating costs and expenses.
Please see Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Disclosure About Market Risk.
|
|
|
We are exposed to the risk of fluctuations in foreign
currencies, specifically the British Pound. |
Fluctuations in rates between the British Pound and
U.S. dollar may impact our financial results from our U.K.
operations since we translate our earnings generated in British
Pounds into U.S. dollars at the then current exchange rate.
In addition, we financed our Bank Machine acquisition with
U.S. dollar-denominated borrowings, thus exposing our net
investment in the United Kingdom to foreign currency
fluctuations. We currently do not hedge against the risks
associated with fluctuations in exchange rates. Although we may
use hedging techniques in the future, we may not be able to
eliminate or reduce the effects of currency fluctuations. As a
result, exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse impact
on our future operating results.
|
|
|
Our international operations may not be successful. |
Approximately 4% of our ATMs are located in the U.K. and
contributed approximately 20% of our pro forma gross profit for
the year ended December 31, 2004. We expect to continue to
expand in the U.K. and potentially into other countries as
opportunities arise. Our international operations are subject to
certain inherent risks, including:
|
|
|
|
|
exposure to currency fluctuations; |
|
|
|
difficulties in complying with foreign laws and regulations; |
|
|
|
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; |
|
|
|
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign
operations; and |
|
|
|
potentially adverse tax consequences. |
Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our
international operations and international expansion and,
consequently, on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
|
|
|
If we, our transaction processors, our EFT network or
other service providers experience system failures, the ATM
products and services we provide could be delayed or
interrupted, which would harm our business. |
Our ability to provide reliable service largely depends on the
efficient and uninterrupted operations of our transaction
processors, telecommunications network systems and other service
providers. Although our contracts with merchants do not include
any guarantees related to network availability problems due to
factors beyond our control, any significant interruptions could
severely harm our business and reputation and result in a loss
of revenue. Additionally, if any such interruption is caused by
us, such interruption could result in the loss of the affected
merchants or damage our relationships with such merchants. We
have not been the cause of any such interruptions in the past.
Our systems and operations and those of our transaction
processors and our EFT network and other service providers could
be exposed to damage or interruption from fire, natural
disaster, unlawful acts, terrorist attacks, power loss,
telecommunications failure, unauthorized entry and computer
viruses. We cannot be certain that any measures we and our
service providers have taken to prevent system failures will be
successful or that we will not experience service interruptions.
Further, our property and business interruption insurance may
not be adequate to compensate us for all losses or failures that
may occur.
12
|
|
|
We rely on third parties to provide us with the cash we
require to operate many of our ATMs. If these third parties were
unable or unwilling to provide us with the necessary cash to
operate our ATMs, we would need to locate alternative sources of
cash to operate our ATMs or we would not be able to operate our
business. |
In the U.S., we rely on agreements with Bank of America, N.A.
and with Palm Desert National Bank to provide us with all of the
cash that we use in approximately 9,000 of our domestic ATMs
where cash is not provided by the merchant. In addition, we rely
on agreements with Alliance & Leicester Commercial
Bank, or ALCB, and the U.K. Post Office to provide us with all
of the cash that we use in approximately 750 of our U.K. ATMs
where cash is not provided by the merchant. As of
September 30, 2005, the balance of cash held in our
domestic ATMs was approximately $389.4 million, over 98% of
which was supplied by Bank of America. In the United Kingdom,
the balance of cash held in our ATMs as of September 30,
2005 was approximately $45.3 million, over 80% of which was
supplied by ALCB. We pay a fee for our usage of this cash based
on the total amount of vault cash that we are using at any given
time. At all times during the use of this cash, it belongs to
the cash providers. Under our agreements with Bank of America,
ALCB and the U.K. Post Office, each provider has the right to
demand the return of all or any portion of its cash at any time
upon the occurrence of certain events beyond our control,
including certain bankruptcy events of us or our subsidiaries,
or a breach of the terms of our cash provider agreements. Our
current agreement with Bank of America expires on August 2,
2007, subject to automatic one-year renewals. In addition, Bank
of America may terminate its agreement with us and demand the
return of its cash upon 360 days prior written notice. In
the United Kingdom, ALCB and the U.K. Post Office may terminate
their agreements with us and demand the return of their cash
upon 180 and 90 days written notice, respectively.
If our cash providers were to demand return of their cash or
terminate their arrangements with us and remove their cash from
our ATMs, or if they were to fail to provide us with cash as and
when we need it for our ATM operations, our ability to operate
these ATMs would be jeopardized, and we would need to locate
alternative sources of cash in order to operate these ATMs.
|
|
|
Criminal activity by third parties, whether through
tampering with our ATM machines or otherwise, could result in
decreased consumer confidence in ATM usage and thereby reduce
our profit. |
Recently, there have been reports in the press regarding the use
of ATMs to defraud cardholders and their financial institutions.
Criminals have been known to attach skimming devices to ATMs in
order to copy the encoded personal information on a users
debit or credit card that the criminal then uses to create
counterfeit cards that can be used at ATMs or as credit cards to
make unauthorized purchases. Extensive counterfeiting activity
could undermine consumer confidence in ATMs, thereby reducing
ATM activity and our profit. Although, as of this date, we are
not aware of any our ATMs being used for skimming, we cannot
guarantee that criminals will not target one or more of our ATMs
for skimming operations.
|
|
|
We rely on EFT network providers, transaction processors
and maintenance providers; if they fail or no longer agree to
provide their services, we could suffer a temporary loss of
transaction revenues or the permanent loss of any merchant
contract affected by such disruption. |
We rely on EFT network providers and have agreements with
transaction processors and maintenance providers and have more
than one such provider in each of these key areas. These
providers enable us to provide card authorization, data capture,
settlement and maintenance services to the merchants we serve.
Typically, these agreements are for periods of up to two or
three years each. If we improperly manage the renewal or
replacement of any expiring vendor contract, or if our multiple
providers in any one key area failed to provide the services for
which we have contracted, and disruption of service to our
merchants occurs, our relationship with those merchants could
suffer. Further, if such disruption of service is significant,
the affected merchants may seek to terminate their agreements
with us.
|
|
|
Taxes imposed at the state level may decrease our net
income. |
We conduct substantially all of our domestic operations through
our indirectly wholly owned subsidiary, Cardtronics, LP, a
Delaware limited partnership. Because of widespread state budget
deficits, several states
13
are evaluating ways to subject partnerships to taxation through
the implementation of state income, franchise or other forms of
taxation. If any state were to impose a tax upon our operating
subsidiary as a stand-alone entity, our consolidated net income,
if any, may decrease.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness, the New Notes and the
Exchange Offer
|
|
|
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which may
adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our
business, remain in compliance with debt covenants and make
payments on our indebtedness, including the notes. |
As of September 30, 2005, we had outstanding indebtedness
of approximately $243.6 million, which represented
approximately 90% of our total capitalization based on total
book capitalization of $270.7 million.
Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences
to you. For example, it could:
|
|
|
|
|
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with
respect to our indebtedness, including the notes, and any
failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt
instruments, including financial and other restrictive
covenants, could result in an event of default under the
indenture governing the notes and the agreements governing such
other indebtedness; |
|
|
|
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to
pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the
funds available for working capital, capital expenditures,
acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; |
|
|
|
limit our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in
our business and in the industry in which we operate; |
|
|
|
make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic,
industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in
government regulation; |
|
|
|
limit our ability to borrow additional amounts for working
capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service
requirements, execution of our growth strategy, research and
development costs or other purposes; and |
|
|
|
place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors who have
less debt. |
Any of the above listed factors could materially and adversely
affect our business and results of operations. Furthermore, our
interest expense could increase if interest rates increase
because a significant amount of our indebtedness bears interest
at floating rates and our vault cash rental expense is based on
market rates of interest. See Description of Other
Indebtedness-Bank Credit Facilities. If we do not have
sufficient earnings to service our debt, we may be required to
refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow
more money or sell securities, none of which we can guarantee we
will be able to do.
We will be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in
the future. Although the indenture governing the notes and our
credit agreement contain restrictions on the incurrence of
additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a
number of important qualifications and exceptions and the
indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions
could be substantial. If new debt is added to our anticipated
debt levels, the related risks that we now face, including those
described above, could intensify.
|
|
|
Repayment of our debt, including the notes, is dependent
on cash flow generated by our subsidiaries. |
We are a holding company with no material assets other than the
equity interests of our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries conduct
substantially all of our operations and own substantially all of
our assets. Therefore, repayment of our indebtedness, including
the notes, is dependent on the generation of cash flow by our
subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to
us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Our subsidiaries
may not be able to, or be permitted to, make distributions to
enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness,
including the notes. Each of our subsidiaries is a distinct
legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and
contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash
from our subsidiaries. While the indenture governing the notes
limits the ability of our subsidiaries to incur consensual
14
restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other
inter-company payments to us, these limitations are subject to
certain qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do
not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be
unable to make required principal and interest payments on our
indebtedness, including the notes.
|
|
|
Your right to receive payments on the notes is junior to
our existing and future senior debt, and the guarantees of the
notes are junior to all of the guarantors existing and
future senior debt. |
The notes and the guarantees rank behind all of our and the
guarantors existing and future senior indebtedness. As of
September 30, 2005, the notes and the guarantees were
subordinated to $41.8 million of senior debt, all of which
represented borrowings under our bank credit facility. We are
permitted to incur substantial other indebtedness, including
senior debt, in the future.
As a result of this subordination, upon any distribution to
creditors of our property or the property of the guarantors in a
bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding,
the holders of our senior debt and the holders of the senior
debt of the guarantors are entitled to be paid in full in cash
before any payment may be made with respect to the notes or the
guarantees. In addition, all payments on the notes and the
guarantees will be blocked in the event of a payment default on
senior debt and may be blocked for up to 179 consecutive days in
the event of specified non-payment defaults on designated senior
debt. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or
reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us or the
guarantors, the indenture relating to the notes requires that
amounts otherwise payable to holders of the notes in a
bankruptcy or similar proceeding be paid instead to holders of
senior debt until the holders of senior debt are paid in full.
As a result, holders of the notes may not receive all amounts
owed to them and may receive less, ratably, than holders of
trade payables and other unsubordinated indebtedness.
|
|
|
Your right to receive payments on the notes is effectively
subordinated to the rights of existing and future creditors of
our subsidiaries that are not guarantors on the notes. |
Initially none of our U.K. subsidiaries is required to guarantee
the notes. As a result, holders of the notes will be effectively
subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of these
subsidiaries, including trade creditors. Therefore, in the event
of the insolvency or liquidation of a U.K. subsidiary, following
payment by that subsidiary of its liabilities, such subsidiary
may not have sufficient remaining assets to make payments to us
as a shareholder or otherwise. In the event of a default by any
such subsidiary under any credit arrangement or other
indebtedness, its creditors could accelerate such debt, prior to
such subsidiary distributing amounts to us that we could have
used to make payments on the notes.
|
|
|
To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant
amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many
factors beyond our control, and any failure to meet our debt
service obligations could harm our business, financial condition
and results of operations. |
Our ability to pay interest on and principal of the notes and to
satisfy our other debt obligations principally will depend upon
our future operating performance. As a result, prevailing
economic conditions and financial, business and other factors,
many of which are beyond our control, will affect our ability to
make these payments.
If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to
satisfy our debt service obligations, including payments on the
notes, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans,
such as refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness, selling
assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to
raise additional capital. Our ability to restructure or
refinance our debt will depend on the capital markets and our
financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt
could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply
with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our
business operations. In addition, the terms of existing or
future debt instruments, including our credit agreement and the
indenture governing the notes may restrict us from adopting some
of these alternatives. Furthermore, neither affiliates of
CapStreet nor affiliates of TA Associates (our two largest
outside investors) has any obligation to provide us with debt or
equity financing in the future. Our inability to generate
sufficient cash flow to satisfy our
15
debt service obligations, or to refinance our obligations on
commercially reasonable terms, would have an adverse effect,
which could be material, on our business, financial position,
results of operations and cash flows, as well as on our ability
to satisfy our obligations in respect of the notes.
|
|
|
The terms of our credit agreement and the indenture
governing the notes may restrict our current and future
operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in
our business or to take certain actions. |
Our credit agreement and the indenture governing the notes
include a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict
our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
sell or transfer property or assets; |
|
|
|
pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase stock; |
|
|
|
merge into or consolidate with any third party; |
|
|
|
create, incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness; |
|
|
|
create certain liens; |
|
|
|
make investments; |
|
|
|
make certain restricted payments, including the payment of
dividends; |
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates; |
|
|
|
redeem or repurchase capital stock; |
|
|
|
issue or sell preferred stock of restricted
subsidiaries; and |
|
|
|
enter into sale and leaseback transactions. |
In addition, we are required by our credit agreement to maintain
specified financial ratios. As a result of these ratios, we are
limited in the manner in which we conduct our business, and may
be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance
future operations or capital needs. Accordingly, these
restrictions may limit our ability to successfully operate our
business and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under
the notes.
A failure to comply with the covenants financial ratios could
result in an event of default. In the event of a default under
our credit agreement, the lenders could elect to declare all
borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid
interest and other fees, to be due and payable, to require us to
apply all of our available cash to repay these borrowings or to
prevent us from making debt service payments on the notes
offered by this registration statement, any of which could
result in an event of default under the indenture governing the
notes. An acceleration of indebtedness under our credit
agreement would also likely result in an event of default under
the terms of any other financing arrangement we have outstanding
at the time. If any or all of our debt were to be accelerated,
there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to
repay such indebtedness in full. If we are unable to repay
outstanding borrowings under our bank credit facility when due,
the lenders will have the right to proceed against the
collateral securing such indebtedness. See Description of
Other Indebtedness and Description of the New
Notes.
|
|
|
The notes and the guarantees are not secured by our assets
nor those of the guarantors, and the lenders under our credit
agreement are entitled to remedies available to a secured
lender, which gives them priority over you to collect amounts
due to them. |
The notes and the guarantees will be our and the
guarantors unsecured obligations. In contrast, our
obligations outstanding under our credit agreement are secured
by a perfected lien on, and a pledge of substantially all of our
assets, including the stock of our subsidiaries. The notes will
be effectively subordinated to this secured debt to the extent
of the value of the collateral securing such debt. In addition,
we may incur additional secured debt, and the notes will be
effectively subordinated to any such additional secured debt we
may incur to the extent of the value of the collateral securing
such debt.
16
Because the notes and the guarantees will be unsecured
obligations, the assets that secure our secured debt will be
available to pay obligations on the notes only after all such
secured debt has been repaid in full. Accordingly, your right of
repayment may be compromised if any of the following situations
occur:
|
|
|
|
|
we enter into bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, or other
winding-up proceedings; |
|
|
|
there is a default in payment under our credit agreement; or |
|
|
|
there is an acceleration of any indebtedness under our credit
agreement. |
If any of these events occurs, the secured lenders could sell
those of our assets in which they have been granted a security
interest, to your exclusion, even if an event of default exists
under the indenture governing the Senior Notes at such time. As
a result, upon the occurrence of any of these events, there may
not be sufficient funds to pay amounts due on the notes.
|
|
|
We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change
of control. |
The indenture governing the notes requires us to offer to
repurchase some or all of the notes when certain change of
control events occur. If we experience a change of control, you
will have the right to require us to repurchase your notes at a
purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of
your notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. Our credit
agreement provides that certain change of control events
(including a change of control as defined in the indenture
governing the notes) constitute a default. Any future credit
agreement or other agreements relating to senior indebtedness to
which we become a party may contain similar provisions. If we
experience a change of control that triggers a default under our
credit agreement, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek
to refinance our credit agreement. In the event we do not obtain
such a waiver or refinance our credit agreement, such default
could result in amounts outstanding under our credit agreement
being declared due and payable. In the event we experience a
change of control that results in us having to repurchase the
notes, we may not have sufficient financial resources to satisfy
all of our obligations under our credit agreement and the notes.
In addition, the change of control covenant in the indenture
does not cover all corporate reorganizations, mergers or similar
transactions and may not provide you with protection in a highly
leveraged transaction. See Description of
Notes Certain Covenants.
|
|
|
The guarantees may not be enforceable because of
fraudulent conveyance laws. |
Our existing and certain of our future subsidiaries will
guarantee our obligations under the notes. Our issuance of the
notes and the issuance of the guarantees by the guarantors may
be subject to review under state and federal laws if a
bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization case or a lawsuit,
including in circumstances in which bankruptcy is not involved,
were commenced at some future date by, or on behalf of, our
unpaid creditors or the unpaid creditors of a guarantor. Under
the federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state
fraudulent transfer laws, a court may void or otherwise decline
to enforce the notes or a guarantors guarantee, or
subordinate the notes or such guarantee to our or the applicable
guarantors existing and future indebtedness. While the
relevant laws may vary from state to state, a court might do so
if it found that when we issued the notes or when the applicable
guarantor entered into its guarantee or, in some states, when
payments became due under the notes or such guarantee, we or the
applicable guarantor received less than reasonably equivalent
value or fair consideration and either:
|
|
|
|
|
were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such
incurrence; or |
|
|
|
were engaged in a business or transaction for which one of our
or such guarantors remaining assets constituted
unreasonably small capital; or |
|
|
|
intended to incur, or believed that we or such guarantor would
incur, debts beyond our or such guarantors ability to pay
such debts as they mature. |
The court might also void the notes or a guarantee, without
regard to the above factors, if the court found that we issued
the notes or the applicable guarantor entered into its guarantee
with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors. In
addition, any payment by us or a guarantor pursuant to the notes
or
17
the guarantees could be voided and required to be returned to
us, or such guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of our or
such guarantors creditors.
A court would likely find that we, or a guarantor, did not
receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for
the notes or such guarantee if we, or such guarantor, did not
substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance
of the notes. Our anticipated use of proceeds, which includes
the distribution of a substantial portion of the proceeds of the
notes to our shareholders, could increase the risk of such a
finding. If a court were to void the notes or a guarantee, you
would no longer have a claim against us or the applicable
guarantor, as the case may be. Sufficient funds to repay the
notes may not be available from other sources, including the
remaining guarantors, if any. In addition, the court might
direct you to repay any amounts that you already received from
us or any guarantor, as the case may be.
The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent
transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any
proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has
occurred. Generally, however, we or a guarantor, as applicable,
would be considered insolvent if:
|
|
|
|
|
the sum of our or such guarantors debts, including
contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value
of our or such guarantors assets; or |
|
|
|
if the present fair saleable value of our or such
guarantors assets were less than the amount than would be
required to pay our or such guarantors probable liability
on our or such guarantors existing debts, including
contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and
mature; or |
|
|
|
we or such guarantor could not pay our or such guarantors
debts as they become due. |
To the extent a court voids the notes or any of the guarantees
as fraudulent transfers or holds the notes or any of the
guarantees unenforceable for any other reason, holders of the
notes would cease to have any direct claim against us or the
applicable guarantor. If a court were to take this action, our
or the applicable guarantors assets would be applied first
to satisfy our or the applicable guarantors liabilities,
if any, before any portion of its assets could be applied to the
payment of the notes.
Each guarantee will contain a provision intended to limit the
guarantors liability to the maximum amount that it could
incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its
guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer. This provision may not be
effective to protect the guarantees from being voided under
fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce the guarantors
obligation to an amount that effectively makes the guarantee
worthless.
|
|
|
If you do not properly tender your outstanding notes, you
will continue to hold unregistered outstanding notes and your
ability to transfer outstanding notes will be adversely
affected. |
We will only issue new notes in exchange for outstanding notes
that you timely and properly tender. Therefore, you should allow
sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the outstanding
notes and you should carefully follow the instructions on how to
tender your outstanding notes. Neither we nor the exchange agent
is required to tell you of any defects or irregularities with
respect to your tender of outstanding notes.
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for new notes
pursuant to the exchange offer, the outstanding notes you hold
will continue to be subject to the existing transfer
restrictions. In general, you may not offer or sell the
outstanding notes except under an exemption from, or in a
transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable
state securities laws. We do not plan to register outstanding
notes under the Securities Act unless our registration rights
agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes
requires us to do so. Further, if you continue to hold any
outstanding notes after the exchange offer is consummated, you
may have trouble selling them because there will be fewer such
notes outstanding.
18
EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer
In connection with the issuance of the outstanding notes, we
entered into a registration rights agreement. Under the
registration rights agreement, we agreed to:
|
|
|
|
|
within 240 days after the original issuance of the
outstanding notes on August 12, 2005, file a registration
statement with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to
exchange each outstanding note for a new note having terms
substantially identical in all material respects to such note,
except that the new note will not contain terms with respect to
transfer restrictions; |
|
|
|
use our reasonable best efforts to cause the registration
statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act
within 300 days after the original issuance of the
outstanding notes; |
|
|
|
promptly following the effectiveness of the registration
statement, offer the new notes in exchange for surrender of the
outstanding notes; and |
|
|
|
keep the exchange offer open for not less than 30 days (or
longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of
the exchange offer is mailed to the holders of the outstanding
notes. |
We have fulfilled the agreements described in the first two of
the preceding bullet points and are now offering eligible
holders of the outstanding notes the opportunity to exchange
their outstanding notes for new notes registered under the
Securities Act. Holders are eligible if they are not prohibited
by any law or policy of the SEC from participating in this
exchange offer. The new notes will be substantially identical to
the outstanding notes except that the new notes will not contain
terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights
or additional interest.
Under limited circumstances, we agreed to use our best efforts
to cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration
statement for the resale of the outstanding notes. We also
agreed to use our best efforts to keep the shelf registration
statement effective for up to two years after its effective
date. The circumstances include if:
|
|
|
|
|
a change in law or in applicable interpretations thereof of the
staff of the SEC does not permit us to effect the exchange
offer; or |
|
|
|
for any other reason the exchange offer is not consummated
within 330 days from August 12, 2005, the date of the
original issuance of the outstanding notes; or |
|
|
|
any of the initial purchasers notify us following consummation
of the exchange offer that outstanding notes held by it are not
eligible to be exchanged for new notes in the exchange
offer; or |
|
|
|
certain holders are not eligible to participate in the exchange
offer, or such holders do not receive freely tradeable
securities on the date of the exchange. |
We will pay additional cash interest on the applicable
outstanding notes, subject to certain exceptions:
|
|
|
|
|
if either this registration statement or, if we are obligated to
file one, a shelf registration statement is not declared
effective by the Commission by the date required, |
|
|
|
if we fail to consummate the exchange offer prior to the date
that is 330 days after August 12, 2005, or |
|
|
|
after this registration statement or a shelf registration
statement, as the case may be, is declared effective, such
registration statement thereafter ceases to be effective or
usable (subject to certain exceptions) (each such event referred
to in the preceding clauses being a registration
default); |
from and including the date on which any such registration
default occurs to but excluding the date on which all
registration defaults have been cured.
19
The rate of the additional interest will be 0.25% per year
for the first 90-day
period immediately following the occurrence of a registration
default, and such rate will increase by an additional
0.25% per year with respect to each subsequent
90-day period until all
registration defaults have been cured, up to a maximum
additional interest rate of 1.0% per year. We will pay such
additional interest on regular interest payment dates. Such
additional interest will be in addition to any other interest
payable from time to time with respect to the outstanding notes
and the new notes.
Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, the
consummation of the exchange offer, the effectiveness of a shelf
registration statement, or the effectiveness of a succeeding
registration statement, as the case may be, the interest rate
borne by the notes from the date of such effectiveness or
consummation, as the case may be, will be reduced to the
original interest rate. However, if after any such reduction in
interest rate, a different registration default occurs, the
interest rate may again be increased pursuant to the preceding
paragraph.
To exchange your outstanding notes for transferable new notes in
the exchange offer, you will be required to make the following
representations:
|
|
|
|
|
any new notes will be acquired in the ordinary course of your
business; |
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or understanding with any person or
entity to participate in the distribution of the new notes; |
|
|
|
you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the
distribution of the new notes; |
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for your
own account in exchange for outstanding notes, you acquired
those notes as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities and you will deliver a prospectus, as
required by law, in connection with any resale of such new
notes; and |
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate, as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act. |
In addition, we may require you to provide information to be
used in connection with the shelf registration statement to have
your outstanding notes included in the shelf registration
statement and benefit from the provisions regarding additional
interest described in the preceding paragraphs. A holder who
sells outstanding notes under the shelf registration statement
generally will be required to be named as a selling security
holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to
purchasers. Such a holder will also be subject to the civil
liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with
such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the
registration rights agreement that are applicable to such a
holder, including indemnification obligations.
The description of the registration rights agreement contained
in this section is a summary only. For more information, you
should review the provisions of the registration rights
agreement that we filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Resale of New Notes
Based on no action letters of the SEC staff issued to third
parties, we believe that new notes may be offered for resale,
resold and otherwise transferred by you without further
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act if:
|
|
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act; |
|
|
|
such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of your
business; and |
|
|
|
you do not intend to participate in a distribution of the new
notes. |
The SEC, however, has not considered the exchange offer for the
new notes in the context of a no action letter, and the SEC may
not make a similar determination as in the no action letters
issued to these third parties.
20
If you tender in the exchange offer with the intention of
participating in any manner in a distribution of the new notes,
you
|
|
|
|
|
cannot rely on such interpretations by the SEC staff; and |
|
|
|
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a
secondary resale transaction. |
Unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available,
any security holder intending to distribute new notes should be
covered by an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act. This registration statement should contain the
selling security holders information required by
Item 507 of
Regulation S-K
under the Securities Act. This prospectus may be used for an
offer to resell, resale or other retransfer of new notes only as
specifically described in this prospectus. Only broker-dealers
that acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities may participate in the
exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for
its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such
outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities,
must acknowledge by way of the letter of transmittal that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the
new notes. Please read the section captioned Plan of
Distribution for more details regarding the transfer of
new notes.
Terms of the Exchange Offer
Subject to the terms and conditions described in this prospectus
and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept for exchange
any outstanding notes properly tendered and not withdrawn prior
to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the expiration date. We
will issue new notes in principal amount equal to the principal
amount of outstanding notes surrendered under the exchange
offer. Outstanding notes may be tendered only for new notes and
only in integral multiples of $1,000.
The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate
principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for
exchange.
As of the date of this prospectus, $200,000,000 in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding notes are outstanding. This
prospectus is being sent to DTC, the sole registered holder of
the outstanding notes, and to all persons that we can identify
as beneficial owners of the outstanding notes. There will be no
fixed record date for determining registered holders of
outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.
We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the
provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable
requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Outstanding notes whose holders do not tender for exchange in
the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to
accrue interest. These outstanding notes will be entitled to the
rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture
relating to the notes and the registration rights agreement.
We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly
tendered outstanding notes when we have given oral or written
notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent and complied with
the applicable provisions of the registration rights agreement.
The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders
for the purposes of receiving the new notes from us.
If you tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will
not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject
to the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the
exchange of outstanding notes. We will pay all charges and
expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below,
in connecting with the exchange offer. It is important that you
read the section labeled Fees and
Expenses for more details regarding fees and expenses
incurred in the exchange offer.
We will return any outstanding notes that we do not accept for
exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering
holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration or
termination of the exchange offer.
21
Expiration Date
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City
time
on 2006,
unless, in our sole discretion, we extend it.
Extensions, Delays in Acceptance, Termination or Amendment
We expressly reserve the right, at any time or various times, to
extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is
open. We may delay acceptance of any outstanding notes by giving
oral or written notice of such extension to their holders.
During any such extensions, all outstanding notes previously
tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer, and we may
accept them for exchange.
In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the
exchange agent orally or in writing of any extension. We will
notify the registered holders of outstanding notes of the
extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on
the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
If any of the conditions described below under
Conditions to the Exchange Offer have
not been satisfied, we reserve the right, in our sole discretion
|
|
|
|
|
to delay accepting for exchange any outstanding notes, |
|
|
|
to extend the exchange offer, or |
|
|
|
to terminate the exchange offer, |
by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or
termination to the exchange agent. Subject to the terms of the
registration rights agreement, we also reserve the right to
amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.
Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or
amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or
written notice thereof to the registered holders of outstanding
notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we
determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly
disclose such amendment by means of a prospectus supplement. The
supplement will be distributed to the registered holders of the
outstanding notes. Depending upon the significance of the
amendment and the manner of disclosure to the registered
holders, we will extend the exchange offer if the exchange offer
would otherwise expire during such period.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
We will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange any
new notes for, any outstanding notes if the exchange offer, or
the making of any exchange by a holder of outstanding notes,
would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of
the staff of the SEC. Similarly, we may terminate the exchange
offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting
outstanding notes for exchange in the event of such a potential
violation.
In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the
outstanding notes of any holder that has not made to us the
representations described under Purpose and
Effect of the Exchange Offer, Procedures
for Tendering and Plan of Distribution and
such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under
applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to allow us
to use an appropriate form to register the new notes under the
Securities Act.
We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the
exchange offer, and to reject for exchange any outstanding notes
not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any
of the conditions to the exchange offer specified above. We will
give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment,
non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the outstanding
notes as promptly as practicable.
These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert
them or waive them in whole or in part at any time or at various
times in our sole discretion. If we fail at any time to exercise
any of these rights, this
22
failure will not mean that we have waived our rights. Each such
right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any
time or at various times.
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding
notes tendered, and will not issue new notes in exchange for any
such outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order has been
threatened or is in effect with respect to the registration
statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the
qualification of the indenture relating to the notes under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
Procedures for Tendering
In order to participate in the exchange offer, you must properly
tender your outstanding notes to the exchange agent as described
below. It is your responsibility to properly tender your notes.
We have the right to waive any defects. However, we are not
required to waive defects and are not required to notify you of
defects in your exchange.
If you have any questions or need help in exchanging your notes,
please call the exchange agent whose address and phone number
are described in the section of the prospectus entitled
Where You Can Find More Information.
All of the outstanding notes were issued in book-entry form, and
all of the outstanding notes are currently represented by global
certificates held for the account of DTC. We have confirmed with
DTC that the outstanding notes may be tendered using the
Automated Tender Offer Program (ATOP) instituted by
DTC. The exchange agent will establish an account with DTC for
purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the commencement
of the exchange offer and DTC participants may electronically
transmit their acceptance of the exchange offer by causing DTC
to transfer their outstanding notes to the exchange agent using
the ATOP procedures. In connection with the transfer, DTC will
send an agents message to the exchange agent.
The agents message will state that DTC has received
instructions from the participant to tender outstanding notes
and that the participant agrees to be bound by the terms of the
letter of transmittal.
By using the ATOP procedures to exchange outstanding notes, you
will not be required to deliver a letter of transmittal to the
exchange agent. However, you will be bound by its terms just as
if you had signed it.
There is no procedure for guaranteed late delivery of the notes.
|
|
|
Determinations Under the Exchange Offer |
We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the
validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance of
tendered outstanding notes and withdrawal of tendered
outstanding notes. Our determination will be final and binding.
We reserve the absolute right to reject any outstanding notes
not properly tendered or any outstanding notes our acceptance of
which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also
reserve the right to waive any defect, irregularities or
conditions of tender as to particular outstanding notes. Our
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange
offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal,
will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, all
defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of
outstanding notes must be cured within such time as we shall
determine. Although we intend to notify holders of defects or
irregularities with respect to tenders of outstanding notes,
neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur
any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of
outstanding notes will not be deemed made until such defects or
irregularities have been cured or waived. Any outstanding notes
received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered
and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been
cured or waived will be returned to the tendering holder as soon
as practicable following the expiration date.
|
|
|
When We Will Issue New Notes |
In all cases, we will issue new notes for outstanding notes that
we have accepted for exchange under the exchange offer only
after the exchange agent receives, prior to 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on the expiration date,
23
|
|
|
|
|
a book-entry confirmation of such outstanding notes into the
exchange agents account at DTC; and |
|
|
|
a properly transmitted agents message. |
|
|
|
Return of Outstanding Notes Not Accepted or
Exchanged |
If we do not accept any tendered outstanding notes for exchange
or if outstanding notes are submitted for a greater principal
amount than the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or
non-exchanged outstanding notes will be returned without expense
to their tendering holder. Such non-exchanged outstanding notes
will be credited to an account maintained with DTC. These
actions will occur as promptly as practicable after the
expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
|
|
|
Your Representations to Us |
By agreeing to be bound by the letter of transmittal, you will
represent to us that, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
any new notes that you receive will be acquired in the ordinary
course of your business; |
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or understanding with any person or
entity to participate in the distribution of the new notes; |
|
|
|
you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the
distribution of the new notes; |
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for your
own account in exchange for outstanding notes, you acquired
those notes as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities and you will deliver a prospectus, as
required by law, in connection with any resale of such new
notes; and |
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate, as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act. |
Withdrawal of Tenders
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may
withdraw your tender at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. New
York City time on the expiration date. For a withdrawal to be
effective you must comply with the appropriate procedures of
DTCs ATOP system. Any notice of withdrawal must specify
the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with
withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the
procedures of DTC.
We will determine all questions as to the validity, form,
eligibility and time of receipt of notice of withdrawal. Our
determination shall be final and binding on all parties. We will
deem any outstanding notes so withdrawn not to have been validly
tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer.
Any outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but
that are not exchanged for any reason will be credited to an
account maintained with DTC for the outstanding notes. This
return or crediting will take place as soon as practicable after
withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange
offer. You may retender properly withdrawn outstanding notes by
following the procedures described under
Procedures for Tendering above at any
time on or prior to the expiration date.
Fees and Expenses
We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal
solicitation is being made by mail; however, we may make
additional solicitation by telegraph, telephone or in person by
our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates.
We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
exchange offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers
or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will,
however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees
for its services and reimburse it for its related reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses.
24
We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with
the exchange offer. They include:
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fees; |
|
|
|
fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee; |
|
|
|
accounting and legal fees and printing costs; and |
|
|
|
related fees and expenses. |
Transfer Taxes
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer. The
tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer
taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other
person, if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than
the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer.
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
If you do not exchange new notes for your outstanding notes
under the exchange offer, you will remain subject to the
existing restrictions on transfer of the outstanding notes. In
general, you may not offer or sell the outstanding notes unless
they are registered under the Securities Act, or if the offer or
sale is exempt from the registration under the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the
registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register
resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
Accounting Treatment
We will record the new notes in our accounting records at the
same carrying value as the outstanding notes. This carrying
value is the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes
less any bond discount, as reflected in our accounting records
on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any
gain or loss for accounting purposes in connection with the
exchange offer.
Other
Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should
carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult
your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on
what action to take.
We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding
notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions,
through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no
present plans to acquire any outstanding notes that are not
tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration
statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding notes.
25
RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed
charges, earnings are defined as our income from operations
before income taxes and fixed charges (excluding the effects of
any preferred stock dividends and related accretion expense).
Fixed charges consist of interest expense on all indebtedness,
amortization of debt issuance costs, the interest portion of
lease payments, and preferred stock dividends and accretion
expense. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by
approximately $3.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2002 and $4.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2001.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2000 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
|
|
|
1.3x |
|
|
|
1.1x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.8x |
|
|
|
1.1x |
|
The pro forma effect of the refinancing of our existing term
loans with the senior subordinated notes did not change our
historical ratios of earnings to fixed charges for the nine
months ended September 30, 2005 or the year ended
December 31, 2004, by more than 10 percent.
Accordingly, no pro forma ratios have been presented herein.
26
USE OF PROCEEDS
The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under
the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any cash
proceeds from the issuance of the new notes in the exchange
offer. In consideration for issuing the new notes as
contemplated by this prospectus, we will receive outstanding
notes in a like principal amount. The form and terms of the new
notes are identical in all respects to the form and terms of the
outstanding notes, except the new notes do not include certain
transfer restrictions. Outstanding notes surrendered in exchange
for the new notes will be retired and cancelled and will not be
reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the new notes will not
result in any change in our outstanding indebtedness.
27
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
OF CARDTRONICS, INC.
The following selected historical consolidated financial and
operating data should be read together with Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and our consolidated financial statements and related
notes included elsewhere in this registration statement. The
selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31,
2004 and 2003 and the selected consolidated statements of
operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003
and 2002 have been derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this registration
statement. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002,
2001 and 2000, and the statements of operations data for the
years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 have been derived
from our audited financial statements, which are not included in
this registration statement. The selected consolidated balance
sheet data as of September 30, 2005, and the selected
consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months
ended September 30, 2005 and 2004 have been derived from
our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this registration statement. The selected
consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2004
has been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated
financial statements as of such date, which have not been
included in this registration statement. The unaudited interim
period financial information, in our opinion, includes all
adjustments, which are normal and recurring in nature, necessary
for a fair presentation for the periods shown. Results for the
nine months ended September 30, 2005 are not necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.
Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results
to be expected in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
|
|
Ended | |
|
|
Years Ended December 31, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2000 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
182,711 |
|
|
$ |
101,950 |
|
|
$ |
59,183 |
|
|
$ |
33,868 |
|
|
$ |
15,751 |
|
|
$ |
191,731 |
|
|
$ |
125,169 |
|
|
ATM product sales and other revenues(1)
|
|
|
10,204 |
|
|
|
8,493 |
|
|
|
9,603 |
|
|
|
11,220 |
|
|
|
10,283 |
|
|
|
7,457 |
|
|
|
5,772 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
|
192,915 |
|
|
|
110,443 |
|
|
|
68,786 |
|
|
|
45,088 |
|
|
|
26,034 |
|
|
|
199,188 |
|
|
|
130,941 |
|
Cost of revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of ATM operating revenues
|
|
|
143,504 |
|
|
|
80,286 |
|
|
|
49,134 |
|
|
|
29,121 |
|
|
|
11,960 |
|
|
|
148,528 |
|
|
|
98,211 |
|
|
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
8,703 |
|
|
|
7,903 |
|
|
|
8,984 |
|
|
|
12,089 |
|
|
|
10,219 |
|
|
|
6,976 |
|
|
|
4,997 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation shown
separately below)
|
|
|
152,207 |
|
|
|
88,189 |
|
|
|
58,118 |
|
|
|
41,210 |
|
|
|
22,179 |
|
|
|
155,504 |
|
|
|
103,208 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
40,708 |
|
|
|
22,254 |
|
|
|
10,668 |
|
|
|
3,878 |
|
|
|
3,855 |
|
|
|
43,684 |
|
|
|
27,733 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)(3)(4)
|
|
|
13,571 |
|
|
|
7,229 |
|
|
|
6,142 |
|
|
|
4,925 |
|
|
|
2,190 |
|
|
|
11,552 |
|
|
|
8,851 |
|
|
Depreciation and accretion expense
|
|
|
6,785 |
|
|
|
3,632 |
|
|
|
1,650 |
|
|
|
957 |
|
|
|
528 |
|
|
|
8,530 |
|
|
|
4,257 |
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
5,508 |
|
|
|
3,842 |
|
|
|
1,641 |
|
|
|
554 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,689 |
|
|
|
4,092 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
25,864 |
|
|
|
14,703 |
|
|
|
9,433 |
|
|
|
6,436 |
|
|
|
2,718 |
|
|
|
25,771 |
|
|
|
17,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
14,844 |
|
|
|
7,551 |
|
|
|
1,235 |
|
|
|
(2,558 |
) |
|
|
1,137 |
|
|
|
17,913 |
|
|
|
10,533 |
|
Other expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense(5)
|
|
|
7,050 |
|
|
|
3,346 |
|
|
|
881 |
|
|
|
478 |
|
|
|
278 |
|
|
|
14,224 |
|
|
|
5,211 |
|
|
Minority interest in subsidiary
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
Other(6)
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
865 |
|
|
|
228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expenses
|
|
|
7,278 |
|
|
|
3,452 |
|
|
|
939 |
|
|
|
478 |
|
|
|
278 |
|
|
|
15,106 |
|
|
|
5,448 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
7,566 |
|
|
|
4,099 |
|
|
|
296 |
|
|
|
(3,036 |
) |
|
|
859 |
|
|
|
2,807 |
|
|
|
5,085 |
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
2,956 |
|
|
|
1,511 |
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
(997 |
) |
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
972 |
|
|
|
1,931 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principle
|
|
|
4,610 |
|
|
|
2,588 |
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
(2,039 |
) |
|
|
542 |
|
|
|
1,835 |
|
|
|
3,154 |
|
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for asset
retirement obligations, net of related income tax benefit of
$80(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
4,610 |
|
|
|
2,454 |
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
(2,039 |
) |
|
|
542 |
|
|
|
1,835 |
|
|
|
3,154 |
|
Preferred stock dividends and accretion expense(8)
|
|
|
2,312 |
|
|
|
2,089 |
|
|
|
1,880 |
|
|
|
741 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,328 |
|
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
|
|
$ |
2,298 |
|
|
$ |
365 |
|
|
$ |
(1,738 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,780 |
) |
|
$ |
542 |
|
|
$ |
507 |
|
|
$ |
1,445 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
|
|
Ended | |
|
|
Years Ended December 31, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2000 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
(in thousands, except ratios and numbers of ATMs) | |
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(9)
|
|
|
1.3 |
x |
|
|
1.1 |
x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.8 |
x |
|
|
1.1 |
x |
|
|
1.3x |
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
$ |
20,466 |
|
|
$ |
21,629 |
|
|
$ |
4,491 |
|
|
$ |
(1,929 |
) |
|
$ |
(255 |
) |
|
$ |
32,751 |
|
|
$ |
20,493 |
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
(118,926 |
) |
|
|
(29,663 |
) |
|
|
(15,023 |
) |
|
|
(7,496 |
) |
|
|
(794 |
) |
|
|
(133,344 |
) |
|
|
(115,958 |
) |
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
94,318 |
|
|
|
10,404 |
|
|
|
10,741 |
|
|
|
12,066 |
|
|
|
1,184 |
|
|
|
101,883 |
|
|
|
95,915 |
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total number of ATMs (at period end)
|
|
|
24,581 |
|
|
|
12,021 |
|
|
|
8,298 |
|
|
|
6,707 |
|
|
|
3,339 |
|
|
|
26,417 |
|
|
|
24,803 |
|
Total transactions
|
|
|
111,577 |
|
|
|
64,605 |
|
|
|
36,212 |
|
|
|
19,865 |
|
|
|
8,622 |
|
|
|
115,152 |
|
|
|
76,712 |
|
Total surcharge transactions
|
|
|
82,087 |
|
|
|
48,778 |
|
|
|
28,978 |
|
|
|
16,027 |
|
|
|
7,400 |
|
|
|
79,943 |
|
|
|
56,733 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
As of December 31, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2000 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
1,412 |
|
|
$ |
5,554 |
|
|
$ |
3,184 |
|
|
$ |
2,975 |
|
|
$ |
333 |
|
|
$ |
2,517 |
|
|
$ |
6,004 |
|
Total assets
|
|
|
195,309 |
|
|
|
64,434 |
|
|
|
34,840 |
|
|
|
25,373 |
|
|
|
8,864 |
|
|
|
340,506 |
|
|
|
184,759 |
|
Total long-term debt, including current portion
|
|
|
128,541 |
|
|
|
31,371 |
|
|
|
18,475 |
|
|
|
8,620 |
|
|
|
2,373 |
|
|
|
243,567 |
|
|
|
130,041 |
|
Preferred stock(10)
|
|
|
23,634 |
|
|
|
21,322 |
|
|
|
19,233 |
|
|
|
15,453 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,263 |
|
|
|
23,031 |
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(2,164 |
) |
|
|
(6,959 |
) |
|
|
(8,909 |
) |
|
|
(7,065 |
) |
|
|
2,094 |
|
|
|
(49,173 |
) |
|
|
(4,105 |
) |
|
|
(1) |
ATM product sales and other revenues consist primarily of
revenues from the sale of equipment to our merchant-owned
customer base and our associate value added resellers, or VARs,
as well as other miscellaneous non-transaction based revenues. |
|
(2) |
Reflects a stock compensation charge in 2001 of
$1.5 million after taxes related to the vesting of all
stock options in connection with changes in our ownership
structure. |
|
(3) |
Reflects non-cash stock compensation charges of
$0.4 million and $0.8 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and
$0.9 million and $1.6 million for the years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, related to a
restricted stock grant made to our chief executive officer in
2003 and certain options granted in 2004. Additionally, the 2004
full year results include a one-time bonus of $1.8 million
made to our chief executive officer related to the tax liability
associated with such restricted stock grant. See note 4 to
our consolidated financial statements. |
|
(4) |
Reflects the write-off in 2004 of approximately
$1.8 million in costs associated with our terminated
initial public offering and related costs. |
|
(5) |
Reflects the amortization and write-off of $2.9 million and
$1.7 million in financing costs associated with the
amendment of our bank credit facilities during the years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Additionally,
reflects the amortization and write-off of financing costs of
$4.3 million during the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 related to the amendment of our bank
credit facilities in May 2005 and the issuance of our senior
subordinated notes in August 2005, and the amortization and
write-off of financing costs of $2.8 million during the
nine months ended September 30, 2004 related to the
amendment of our bank credit facility in June 2004. |
|
(6) |
Other primarily consists of losses on the sale or disposal of
assets. |
|
(7) |
Reflects the effect of our adoption of SFAS No. 143.
See note 1(m) to our consolidated financial statements. |
|
(8) |
Reflects non-cash dividends on our Series A Preferred
Stock, which was redeemed in February 2005. Subsequent to the
redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, the amount
reflects the accretion of the Series B Preferred Stock
issuance costs. |
|
(9) |
For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed
charges, earnings are defined as our income from operations
before income taxes and fixed charges (excluding the effects of
any preferred stock dividends and related accretion expense).
Fixed charges consist of interest expense on all indebtedness,
amortization of debt issuance costs, the interest portion of
lease payments, and preferred stock dividends and accretion
expense. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by
approximately $3.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2002 and $4.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2001. The pro forma effect of the refinancing
of our existing term loans with the senior subordinated notes
did not change our historical ratios of earnings to fixed
charges for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 or the
year ended December 31, 2004, by more than 10 percent.
Accordingly, no pro forma ratios have been presented herein. |
|
|
(10) |
The amount reflected on our balance sheet is shown net of
issuance costs of $1.7 million as of September 30,
2005. The aggregate redemption price for the preferred stock was
approximately $78.0 million as of September 30, 2005. |
29
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion together with the
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in
this registration statement. This discussion contains
forward-looking statements that are based on managements
current expectations, estimates and projections about our
business and operations. Our actual results may differ
materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in
such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of
factors, including those we discuss under Risk
Factors and elsewhere in this registration statement.
Overview
We operate a network of over 26,000 ATMs operating in all
50 states and within the United Kingdom. Our extensive ATM
network is strengthened by multi-year contractual relationships
with a wide variety of nationally and internationally known
merchants pursuant to which we operate ATMs in their locations.
ATM Management Programs
We deploy ATMs under two distinct arrangements with our merchant
partners:
|
|
|
|
|
Company-owned. Under a company-owned arrangement, we own
or lease the ATM and are responsible for controlling
substantially all aspects of its operation. These
responsibilities include what we refer to as first line
maintenance, such as replacing paper, clearing paper or bill
jams, resetting the ATM and any telecommunications and power
issues or other maintenance that do not require a trained
service technician. We are also responsible for what we refer to
as second line maintenance, or more complex maintenance
procedures that require trained service technicians and often
involve replacing component parts. In addition to first and
second line maintenance, we are responsible for arranging for
cash, cash loading, supplies, telecommunications service and all
other services required for the operation of the ATM, other than
electricity. We typically pay a fee, either periodically, on a
per-transaction basis
or a combination of both, to the merchant on whose premises the
ATM is physically located. We operate a limited number of our
company-owned ATMs on a merchant-assisted basis. In these
arrangements, we own or lease the ATM and provide all
transaction processing services, but the merchant generally is
responsible for providing and loading cash for the ATM and first
line maintenance. Typically, we deploy ATMs under company-owned
arrangements for our national and regional merchant customers,
such as Amerada Hess, BP Amoco, Chevron, Circle K, Costco, CVS
Pharmacy, Duane Reade, ExxonMobil, Mills Malls, Sunoco, Target
and Walgreens in the United States, and Alfred Jones, Co-Op,
Mitchells & Butlers, the U.K. Post Office, Tates and
Tesco in the United Kingdom. Because company-owned locations are
controlled by us, are usually located in major national chains,
and are thus more likely candidates for additional sources of
revenue such as bank branding, company-owned locations generally
offer higher transaction volumes and greater profitability,
which we consider necessary to justify the upfront capital cost
of installing such machines. As of September 30, 2005, we
operated approximately 11,728 ATMs under company-owned
arrangements. |
|
|
|
Merchant-owned. Under a merchant-owned arrangement, the
merchant owns the ATM and is responsible for its maintenance and
most of the operating costs. We typically provide all
transaction processing services and, in some cases, retain
responsibility for providing and loading cash. We typically
operate ATMs with our independent merchant customers under
merchant-owned arrangements. A merchant who purchases an ATM
from us is responsible for providing cash for the ATM and all
maintenance. The merchant is also responsible for cash loading,
supplies, telecommunication and electrical services. Under these
arrangements, we sometimes retain responsibility for second line
maintenance for an additional fee, and we provide all
transaction processing services. Because the merchant bears more
of the costs associated with operating ATMs under this
arrangement, the merchant typically receives a higher fee on a
per-transaction basis than is the case under a
company-owned
arrangement. In a limited number of our merchant-owned
arrangements, we have assumed responsibility for providing and
loading cash. Accordingly, under |
30
|
|
|
|
|
these arrangements, the merchant receives a smaller fee on a
per-transaction basis than in the typical merchant-owned
arrangement. As of September 30, 2005, we operated
approximately 14,689 ATMs under merchant-owned arrangements. |
In the future, we expect the percentage of our company-owned and
merchant-owned arrangements will continue to fluctuate in
response to the mix of ATMs we add through internal growth and
acquisitions. While we may continue to add merchant-owned ATMs
to our network as a result of acquisitions, our focus for
internal growth will remain on expanding the number of
company-owned ATMs in our network.
The table below reflects the split of our revenues and gross
profit amounts between company-owned and merchant-owned ATMs,
for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for the
nine months ended September 30, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Company-owned:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
55% |
|
|
|
61% |
|
|
|
53% |
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
68% |
|
|
|
73% |
|
|
|
66% |
|
Merchant-owned:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
45% |
|
|
|
39% |
|
|
|
47% |
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
32% |
|
|
|
27% |
|
|
|
34% |
|
As noted in the table above, the percentage of our total
revenues and gross margin attributable to merchant-owned
arrangements increased in 2004 (with a corresponding decrease in
the percentage of our total revenues and gross margin
attributable to company-owned arrangements) due to the large
number of merchant-owned ATMs we acquired in the E*TRADE Access
acquisition. The further decline in the percentage of our total
revenues and gross margin attributable to company-owned
arrangements during the nine months ended September 30,
2005 was due to the fact that the results for the year ended
December 31, 2004 only reflect the effects of the E*TRADE
Access acquisition for the last six months of the year, thus
diluting the impact of the acquired merchant-owned ATMs on the
entire years results. We expect that the above trend will
begin to reverse in 2006 due to our Bank Machine acquisition and
the two acquisitions consummated in March and April 2005, which
were primarily comprised of company-owned ATMs, and as a result
of the continued expected growth in our existing company-owned
merchant portfolio base.
We have generally experienced very little turnover among our
customers with whom we typically enter into company-owned
arrangements. We have historically been very successful in
negotiating contract renewals with these customers and have not
renewed only two of our 50 most significant merchant contracts
over the past four years. Additionally, we have experienced some
turnover among our smaller merchant customers operating under
merchant-owned arrangements. However, these losses have
historically been partially offset by the addition of other
similar customers, with the level of ATMs operated under these
arrangements trending downward slightly (excluding the effects
of acquisitions). In each year prior to 2003, we experienced an
increase in the number of ATMs operated under merchant-owned
arrangements. However, in 2003, excluding the effect of
acquisitions, we experienced a net loss of approximately 3.5% of
our ATMs operated under merchant-owned arrangements. This net
loss primarily reflected the loss of ATMs with monthly
transaction volumes significantly lower than the average for all
ATMs operated under similar arrangements, a situation that often
indicates an ATM is no longer economically feasible for the
owner to operate. In addition, this net loss also reflects our
reduction in sales and marketing efforts directed at placing
ATMs under these types of arrangements in favor of increasing
our focus on company-owned accounts and acquisitions of existing
portfolios of ATMs. For the year ended December 31, 2004,
and without giving effect to our E*TRADE Access acquisition, we
experienced a net loss of less than 2.5% of our ATMs operated
under merchant-owned arrangements, generally due to
circumstances similar to those described for prior periods. If
we continue to acquire primarily ATMs operated under
company-owned arrangements, this downward trend in the absolute
number of ATMs operated under these types of merchant-owned
arrangements may continue. However, we
31
have recently implemented an internal initiative to analyze our
merchant-owned arrangements in an attempt to reduce the amount
of turnover associated with such accounts. However, because such
initiative was just implemented, we cannot accurately predict
the results of such efforts and whether the initiative will be
successful in reducing the aforementioned downward trend.
Components of Revenues, Cost of Revenues and Expenses
Revenues. We derive our revenues primarily from providing
ATM services and, to a lesser extent, from our branding
arrangements and our sales of ATM equipment. Our revenues from
ATM services have increased rapidly in recent years due to the
acquisitions we completed since 2001, as well as through
internal expansion of our existing and acquired ATM networks.
In our consolidated statements of operations, we present
revenues from ATM services and branding arrangements as
ATM operating revenues. These revenues include the
fees we earn per transaction completed on our network and fees
we generate from network and bank branding arrangements. We
present revenues from the sale of ATMs and other non-transaction
based revenues as ATM product sales and other
revenues. These revenues consist primarily of sales of
ATMs and related equipment to merchants operating under
merchant-owned arrangements, as well as sales under our value
added reseller (VAR) program with NCR.
Our ATM operating revenues primarily consist of the three
following components: surcharge revenue, interchange revenue and
branding revenue. The following table sets forth information on
our surcharge and interchange revenues per surcharge-bearing
transaction and on our interchange revenues per total
transaction. The following table also includes pro forma
information that gives effect to our E*TRADE Access and Bank
Machine acquisitions as if they had occurred on January 1,
2004. Total transactions represents all transactions made at our
ATMs, including transactions on which we do not earn surcharge
revenue but do earn varying amounts of interchange revenue, such
as balance inquiries, fund transfers, transactions on ATMs
included in surcharge-free networks and branded ATMs, and some
denials.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
Nine Months | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
Ended | |
|
Year Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
September 30, | |
|
December 31, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Per surcharge-bearing transaction:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Surcharge revenue
|
|
$ |
1.53 |
|
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
|
$ |
1.42 |
|
|
$ |
1.69 |
|
|
$ |
1.67 |
|
|
$ |
1.73 |
|
|
Interchange revenue
|
|
|
0.63 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.62 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
|
|
|
0.61 |
|
Per total transaction:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interchange revenue
|
|
|
0.46 |
|
|
|
0.45 |
|
|
|
0.46 |
|
|
|
0.43 |
|
|
|
0.43 |
|
|
|
0.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Surcharge revenue. A surcharge fee represents a
convenience fee paid by the cardholder for making a cash
withdrawal from an ATM. Surcharge fees are most typically
associated with cash withdrawal transactions and generally are
not generated by balance inquiries, fund transfers and, in some
cases, cash withdrawals from ATMs from which we earn branding
revenues. Surcharge fees often vary by the type of arrangement
under which we place our ATMs. Our transaction surcharges
averaged approximately $1.53 per surcharge-bearing
transaction during the year ended December 31, 2004 ($1.67
on a pro forma basis for the E*TRADE Access and Bank Machine
acquisitions), and approximately $1.43 during the year ended
December 31, 2003. Our transaction surcharges averaged
approximately $1.69 per surcharge-bearing transaction
during the nine months ended September 30, 2005 ($1.73 on a
pro forma basis for the Bank Machine acquisition). Surcharge
fees can vary widely based on the location of the ATM and the
nature of the contracts negotiated with our merchants.
Furthermore, surcharge fees in the United Kingdom are typically
higher than the surcharge fees received in the
U.S. Accordingly, we expect that our surcharge fees per
surcharge-bearing transaction will increase slightly in the near
term as a result of the Bank Machine acquisition. Longer term, we |
32
|
|
|
|
|
expect that surcharge fees per surcharge-bearing transaction
will vary depending upon negotiated surcharge fees at newly
deployed ATMs and future negotiations with existing merchant
partners, and our ongoing efforts to improve profitability
through improved pricing. |
|
|
|
Interchange revenue. An interchange fee is a fee paid by
the cardholders financial institution for the use of the
applicable electronic funds transfer, or EFT, network that
transmits data between the ATM and the cardholders
financial institution in connection with any ATM transaction,
including balance inquiries, transfers and surcharge-free
transactions, including those under branding arrangements. We
receive a portion of the interchange fee paid to the EFT
network. In the U.S., interchange fees are earned not only on
cash withdrawal transactions, but also on other ATM transactions
such as balance inquiries and fund transfers. In the United
Kingdom, interchange fees are earned on all ATM transactions
other than surcharge-bearing cash withdrawals. Interchange fees
are set by the EFT networks and vary according to EFT network
arrangements with financial institutions, as well as the type of
transaction. Interchange fees are typically lower for balance
inquiries and fund transfers and higher for withdrawals. For the
year ended December 31, 2004, we received
$51.7 million in interchange fees ($68.8 million on a
pro forma basis for the E*TRADE Access and Bank Machine
acquisitions). For the year ended December 31, 2003, we
received $29.1 million in interchange fees. For the nine
months ended September 30, 2005, we received
$49.4 million in interchange fees ($50.6 million on a
pro forma basis for the Bank Machine acquisition). Interchange
fees per surcharge-bearing transaction increased in 2003 and
2004 due to the increase in the number of transactions on ATMs
included in surcharge-free networks and branded ATMs, which
generate interchange fees, but do not generate surcharge fees
and, as a result, are not included in the number of
surcharge-bearing transactions. However, on a pro forma basis,
interchange fees per surcharge-bearing transaction were slightly
lower in 2004 and 2005 (when compared to the corresponding
historical amounts for the same periods), due to the fact that
interchange fees in the United Kingdom are only earned on non
surcharge-bearing transactions, as previously discussed. We
believe that our future interchange fees per surcharge-bearing
transaction will be consistent with the pro forma amounts
reflected above. On an absolute basis we expect that our
interchange fees will decrease slightly in the future due to the
fact that certain ATM processing networks adjusted their
interchange rates downward in 2005. We currently estimate that
such reduction will average approximately $50,000 per month
during 2006 and approximately $25,000 per month thereafter. |
|
|
|
Branding revenue. We generate branding revenue in a
variety of ways. We allow financial institutions to place
signage on, or brand, our ATMs. Under this arrangement, we allow
the branding financial institutions customers to use
branded ATMs without paying a surcharge fee. In exchange, the
branding financial institution pays us a fixed monthly fee per
branded ATM. We believe that this type of branding arrangement
will typically result in an increase in transaction levels at
the branded ATMs as existing customers continue to use the ATMs
and new customers of the branding financial institution are
attracted by the surcharge-free service. We also believe that
having a major bank brand on an ATM leads to increased
surchargable transactions from customers other than those of the
branding bank. |
|
|
|
We also generate branding revenue from the ATMs we include in a
nationwide surcharge-free ATM alliance of which we are the
largest member and owner (effective December 21, 2005).
Under this arrangement, cardholders of the institutions that are
members of the alliance use our ATMs included in the alliance
free of surcharge fees in exchange for a payment to us of a
fixed monthly fee per cardholder, which is paid by such
cardholders financial institution. Fees paid for branding
an ATM vary widely within our industry, as well as within our
own operations. We expect that this variance in branding fees
will continue in the future, but, because our strategy is to set
branding fees at least sufficient to offset lost surcharge
revenue, we do not expect any such variance to cause a decrease
in our total revenues. However, because we have only recently
begun to enter into branding arrangements, we are currently
unable to meaningfully quantify this anticipated offset to lost
surcharge revenue. |
The profitability of any particular ATM location, and of our
entire ATM services operation, is driven by a combination of
surcharge, interchange and branding revenues, as well as the
level of our related costs.
33
Accordingly, material changes in our average surcharge fee or
average interchange fee may be offset by branding or other
ancillary revenues, or by changes in our cost structure. Because
a variance in our average surcharge fee or our average
interchange fee is not necessarily indicative of a commensurate
change in our profitability, you should consider these measures
only in the context of our overall financial results.
Our other revenues are primarily comprised of revenues from the
sale of ATMs and related equipment to merchant customers
operating under merchant-owned arrangements and associate VARs,
and other non transaction-based revenues. While we expect to
continue to derive a portion of our revenues from direct sales
of ATMs in the future, we expect that this source of revenue
will continue to decrease slightly as a percentage of our total
revenues in future periods.
Cost of revenues. Our cost of revenues associated with
ATM transactions completed on our ATM network includes:
|
|
|
|
|
Merchant fees. We pay our merchants a fee that depends on
a variety of factors, including the type of arrangement under
which the ATM is placed and the number of transactions at that
ATM. |
|
|
|
Processing fees. We pay fees to third-party vendors for
processing transactions originated at our ATMs. These vendors,
which include Star Systems, Fiserv, Inc. and Genpass,
communicate with the cardholders financial institution
through EFT networks to gain transaction authorization and to
settle transactions. |
|
|
|
Cost of cash. Cost of cash includes all costs associated
with the provision of cash by us for ATMs, including fees for
the use of cash, armored courier services, insurance, cash
reconciliation and associated wire fees. Changes in interest
rates could affect our cost of cash, though we have entered into
a number interest rate swap transactions to hedge our exposure
through 2007 on approximately two-thirds of our current
outstanding domestic ATM cash balances. |
|
|
|
Communications. Under our company-owned arrangements, we
are responsible for expenses associated with providing
telecommunications capabilities to the ATMs, allowing the ATMs
to connect with the applicable EFT network. |
|
|
|
Repairs and maintenance. Depending on the type of
arrangement with the merchant, we may be responsible for first
and/or second line maintenance for the ATM. We typically manage
the provision of these services by third parties with national
operations. Our primary maintenance vendors are Diebold, NCR and
EFMARK. |
|
|
|
Direct operations. These expenses consist of costs
associated with managing our ATM network, including expenses for
program managers, technicians and customer service
representatives. |
|
|
|
Cost of equipment revenue. In connection with the sale of
equipment to merchants and VARs, we incur costs associated with
purchasing equipment from manufacturers, as well as delivery and
installation expenses. |
We define variable costs as those incurred on a per transaction
basis. Processing fees and the majority of merchant fees fall
under this category. Processing fees and merchant fees accounted
for approximately 61% of our cost of ATM revenues in 2004.
Therefore, we estimate that approximately 39% of our cost of ATM
revenues is generally fixed in nature, meaning that any
significant decrease in transaction volumes would lead to a
decrease in the profitability of our ATM service operations,
unless there were an offsetting increase in per-transaction
revenues. See Results of Operations below for
additional information.
Our indirect operating expenses include general and
administrative expenses related to administration, salaries,
benefits, advertising and marketing, depreciation of the ATMs we
own, amortization of our acquired merchant contracts, and
interest expense related to borrowings under our bank credit
facility and our senior subordinated notes. We depreciate our
capital equipment on a straight-line basis over the estimated
life of such equipment and amortize the value of acquired
merchant contracts over the estimated lives of such assets.
Because we repaid certain of our lower interest rate bank credit
facilities with the net proceeds received under
34
the higher interest rate senior subordinated notes offering in
August 2005, our overall level of interest expense will increase
in the future. See Liquidity and Capital
Resources.
Acquisitions
Since May 2001, we have acquired 12 ATM networks and one
operator of a surcharge-free ATM alliance. Prior to our E*TRADE
Access acquisition, we acquired only assets consisting of ATMs
and, in certain cases, contractual rights to place and operate
ATMs in certain locations. In our E*TRADE Access acquisition, we
acquired approximately 13,155 ATMs and related placement
agreements, vendor agreements, operating software relating to
the E*TRADE Access ATMs and E*TRADE Accesss interest in a
joint venture. We also assumed certain liabilities and
contingencies related to the operations of E*TRADE Access. In
addition, we hired four employees from E*TRADE Access and agreed
to maintain the E*TRADE Access brand on approximately 8,900 of
the acquired ATMs until June 30, 2006.
With respect to the Bank Machine acquisition, we acquired the
entire company, including the related ATMs and underlying
placement agreements as well as the entire infrastructure
associated with the business. Additionally, as part of this
acquisition, we retained Bank Machines existing employee
base of approximately 50 employees, including Bank
Machines existing senior management team, who became
shareholders in Cardtronics.
In addition to the above, we also acquired two domestic ATM
networks in March and April of 2005, totaling approximately 805
ATMs and related placement agreements, for an aggregate cost of
approximately $17.2 million in cash. Furthermore, in
December 2005, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of ATM
National, Inc., the owner and operator of a nationwide
surcharge-free ATM alliance. The consideration for such
acquisition totaled $4.4 million, and was comprised of
$2.6 million in cash and 21,111 shares of our common
stock. Additionally, we agreed to assume approximately
$1.3 million in liabilities associated with such
acquisition. Furthermore, the merger agreement allows for the
issuance of up to 10,000 additional shares of our common stock
within 105 days of the closing date based on the occurrence
of certain events.
We have historically funded our acquisitions through a
combination of borrowings under our credit facilities, capital
contributions from our equity investors and cash generated from
operations. Other than in our Bank Machine and our E*TRADE
Access acquisitions, we have not acquired any legal entities and
generally do not assume employees, physical facilities, sales
forces or trade names. As of the date of this registration
statement, excluding the Bank Machine acquisition, all
supporting activities, including supply of cash, communications,
network processing services, maintenance services, customer
service, sales and administration, have been changed to our
operating platform and service providers subsequent to the
closing of the transaction. With respect to the Bank Machine
acquisition, Bank Machines existing operating platform is
expected to remain intact and serve as a platform for future
growth within the United Kingdom and possibly Europe.
Once we purchase a portfolio of ATMs and merchant contracts and
integrate them into our operating platform, operating expenses
are typically reduced, thus enhancing the profitability of the
portfolio. Our ability to reduce operating expenses and improve
ATM profitability is largely the result of the better pricing
terms we enjoy from our service providers. For example, in
connection with an acquisition in 2003, we were able to reduce
the cost of communications service for the acquired ATMs by
approximately 83% when we transitioned the ATMs to a different
communications configuration with our existing communications
service provider. Additionally, in connection with our
acquisitions in 2003, we were able to reduce our processing
costs at the time of closing by amounts ranging from 3.6% to
42.5%. As of December 31, 2004, processing costs on ATMs
from the same acquisitions had been reduced by amounts ranging
from 39.3% to 72.5% as a result of additional improvements in
pricing under our transaction processing agreement.
Similarly, in connection with our E*TRADE Access acquisition in
2004, we have been able to reduce operating expenses associated
with the acquired operations in a number of areas, including:
|
|
|
|
|
The transfer of cash management and vault cash services for
approximately 2,500 ATMs to our preferred cash management and
vault cash providers; |
35
|
|
|
|
|
The transfer of maintenance services for approximately 10,000
E*TRADE Access ATMs from the existing provider to our preferred
maintenance service provider; |
|
|
|
The transfer of processing services for approximately 1,600 ATMs
to our preferred service provider; and |
|
|
|
The transfer of armored car service used in the transportation
of cash for approximately 1,000 ATMs to our preferred service
provider. |
The majority of the above cost savings initiatives were
implemented during 2004, and we expect to complete the remaining
initiatives by early 2006.
As previously discussed, the existing platform associated with
the Bank Machine acquisition will largely remain intact
subsequent to the acquisition due to the geographic disparities
between the acquired platform and our existing domestic
platform. Accordingly, the opportunities to reduce operating
expenses by converting the acquired platform to our operating
platform are expected to be more limited than what we have
experienced historically with our domestic acquisitions.
In addition to changes in operating expenses as discussed above,
the revenues produced by the acquired ATM portfolios may also
change as we alter the mix between surcharge, interchange and
branding arrangements with our merchant clients and financial
sponsors. For example, if we are successful in negotiating
branding arrangements for some of our acquired ATMs, there may
be a shift in the revenue mix between surcharge revenue,
interchange revenue and branding revenue. Under a branding
arrangement, we do not charge surcharge fees to the branding
financial institutions customers. On the other hand, total
withdrawal transactions at the branded ATMs typically increase,
as existing customers continue to use the ATMs and new customers
of the branding financial institution are attracted by the
surcharge-free service. Accordingly, we typically expect
interchange revenue to increase since we receive interchange
fees on all withdrawal transactions. In addition, we would also
receive a negotiated branding fee.
Our acquisitions have significantly increased the size of our
operations over the periods discussed in Results of
Operations below and, accordingly, fundamentally affect
the comparability of our results of operations for the periods
discussed in this discussion and analysis. For example, revenues
increased from $26.0 million in 2000 to $192.9 million
in 2004, while our gross profit increased from $3.9 million
to $40.7 million over the same period. Moreover, because we
completed the E*TRADE Access acquisition on June 30, 2004
and the Bank Machine acquisition on May 17, 2005, the
impact of these acquisitions is not fully reflected in our
historical operating results. The addition of approximately
13,155 ATMs from the E*TRADE Access acquisition has had a
significant effect on our results of operations, and we expect
the Bank Machine acquisition of approximately 1,000 ATMs in the
United Kingdom will have a significant effect going forward.
Information with respect to the pro forma impact of the E*TRADE
Access and Bank Machine acquisitions on our prior financial
periods can be evaluated by reviewing the pro forma condensed
consolidated financial information and the historical
consolidated financial information of the E*TRADE Access and
Bank Machine ATM businesses included elsewhere in this
registration statement. These and any future acquisitions will
continue to affect our results of operations.
Consistent with our business strategy, we engage from time to
time in discussions with potential sellers regarding the
possible purchase by us of their ATM portfolios. Such
acquisition efforts may involve participation by us in processes
that have been made public, involve a number of potential buyers
and are commonly referred to as auction processes,
as well as situations where we believe we are the only party or
one of a limited number of potential buyers in negotiations with
the potential seller. These acquisition efforts could involve
assets which, if acquired, would have a material effect on our
financial condition and results of operations. We can give no
assurance that our current or future acquisition efforts will be
successful or that any such acquisition will be completed on
terms considered favorable to us. We have set forth below a
summary of our acquisition activity from May 2001 through
December 2003. After acquiring a network of ATMs, we track its
growth and operating performance on a stand-alone basis, as well
as on a consolidated basis with our results as a whole. We
believe this information is helpful in understanding the effect
of these
36
acquisitions on our growth, as well as the growth experienced
through increased deployment of ATMs with the acquired merchant
base in each of these ATM networks following its acquisition and
integration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of ATMs | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
|
|
At Closing | |
|
September 30, 2005 | |
|
Increase | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
2001 Acquisitions
|
|
|
878 |
|
|
|
1,210 |
|
|
|
332 |
|
2002 Acquisitions
|
|
|
1,195 |
|
|
|
1,390 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
2003 Acquisitions
|
|
|
3,689 |
|
|
|
4,465 |
|
|
|
776 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
5,692 |
|
|
|
7,065 |
|
|
|
1,303 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table reflects the results of the E*TRADE Access
portfolio that was acquired in June 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of ATMs | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
|
|
At Closing | |
|
September 30, 2005 | |
|
Decrease | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Total
|
|
|
13,155 |
|
|
|
11,899 |
|
|
|
(1,256 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As noted above, the number of ATMs we acquired as part of the
E*TRADE Access acquisition has decreased by 1,256 machines.
This decrease was due to the loss of merchant-owned accounts
primarily as a result of our efforts to eliminate certain
underperforming contracts and locations from the acquired
portfolio. Additionally, a number of merchant-owned contracts
expired during the first six months after the acquisition, and
were not renewed at the discretion of one or both parties.
Because the portfolio acquired from E*TRADE Access was primarily
comprised of merchant-owned accounts, we believe such contract
attrition rates are unique to this portfolio (relative to our
past acquisitions).
We value acquisitions based on historical and expected cash flow
and the remaining terms of merchant contracts rather than the
number of ATMs or a benchmark value per ATM. ATMs at different
locations vary significantly in terms of transaction volume and
cash flow. The equipment is in some cases owned by the merchant
and in others by the seller. As a result, the purchase price per
ATM we pay and the allocation of consideration between equipment
and intangibles varies from acquisition to acquisition.
Industry Trends
During the three months ended March 31, 2005 and
June 30, 2005, total domestic transaction revenues
(including surcharge, interchange and branding fees) declined by
approximately 2.7% and 2.4%, respectively (versus prior year
levels) for our ATMs that were transacting throughout the same
periods in both 2005 and 2004. We attribute such declines to a
number of factors, including (i) the increased use of debit
cards as a means of payment, (ii) an increase in free
cash back
point-of-sale
transactions, and (iii) increased competition associated
with the increased number of off-premise, surcharging ATMs
within the United States. However, during the three months ended
September 30, 2005, total domestic transaction revenues
were essentially flat when compared to the prior year for ATMs
that were transacting throughout the same periods in both years.
While the results for the most recent quarter are encouraging
and appear to indicate that the gradual decline experienced
during the first two quarters has slowed, it is too soon to draw
a conclusion with respect to whether the gradual decline
experienced during the first two quarters has in fact ended.
However, there are a number of factors that could help to
mitigate the potential negative impact on our financial results
if such a trend were to continue, including (i) increasing
surcharge rates in selected accounts to help offset the
potential decline in transaction revenues, (ii) continued
growth in our network and bank branding initiatives, which tend
to increase transactions at branded locations and for which we
receive a fee from the network or
37
branding bank in lieu of a surcharge fee,
(iii) implementing certain operating cost savings
initiatives for selected accounts, and (iv) the development
and deployment of new products and features within selected
merchant accounts. It appears that a combination of higher
surcharge rates in selected accounts and the continued growth in
our network and bank branding initiatives were the primary
reasons behind the improvement seen in the year-over-year
comparative transaction revenues during the third quarter.
However, if the downward transaction trend seen during the first
two quarters of this year resumes, and we are unsuccessful in
our attempts to mitigate the impact of such trend, as outlined
above, our transaction revenues may continue to decline in the
future.
Recent Events
In connection with the acquisition of Bank Machine in May 2005,
we replaced our existing bank credit facility with new
facilities provided by BNP Paribas and Bank of America, N.A.
Such facilities were comprised of (i) a revolving credit
facility of up to $100.0 million, (ii) a first lien
term facility of up to $125.0 million, and (iii) and a
second lien term facility of up to $75.0 million.
Borrowings under the facilities were utilized to repay our
existing bank credit facility in full and to fund the
acquisition of Bank Machine. As of September 30, 2005, the
first and second lien term facilities were fully repaid, as
discussed below, and approximately $41.8 million was
outstanding under the new revolving credit facility.
On August 12, 2005, we sold $200.0 million in senior
subordinated notes pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities
Act of 1933, and utilized the net proceeds from such offering,
along with approximately $7.1 million in borrowings under
our new revolving credit facility, to repay all of the
outstanding borrowings under our recently executed first and
second lien term loan facilities, including all accrued and
unpaid interested related thereto. Additionally, the revolving
credit facility was increased to a maximum borrowing capacity of
$150.0 million immediately following this transaction. See
Liquidity and Capital Resources included elsewhere
in this registration statement.
On February 21, 2005, Winn-Dixie, a merchant customer with
which we had approximately 849 ATMs deployed as of June 30,
2005, and which accounted for approximately 2.4% of our total
revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2005, filed for
bankruptcy protection. As part of its bankruptcy restructuring
efforts, Winn-Dixie announced that it was planning to close
approximately 326 of its existing 913 stores. Of the
326 locations identified for closure by Winn-Dixie,
approximately 307 were locations in which we had deployed ATMs.
Accordingly, during the months of July and August 2005, all 307
ATMs were deinstalled from those locations, leaving us with
approximately 542 remaining operating locations as of
September 30, 2005.
We are contractually obligated to pay certain lease payments for
279 of the ATMs that have been deinstalled, with such leases
expiring at varying dates between November 30, 2005 and
December 31, 2007. The estimated undiscounted amount of the
remaining lease payments for the deinstalled ATMs as of
September 30, 2005 was approximately $1.0 million.
Pursuant to the ATM management agreement that we assumed in
connection with acquisition of the Winn-Dixie ATM portfolio in
2003, Winn-Dixie was required to provide us with a rebate for
most ATMs that were removed due to its store closures.
Additionally, as part of our acquisition agreement with the
former owner of the Winn-Dixie ATM portfolio, we were designated
as the beneficiary of a letter of credit under which we could
make draws in the event Winn-Dixie refused to pay such rebates.
As of the date of this filing, we have fully drawn
$3.6 million under such letter of credit, the proceeds of
which have been and will continue to be utilized to help defray
a portion of the ongoing lease costs mentioned above, as well as
the costs associated with removing the aforementioned ATMs from
the closed store locations.
As of September 30, 2005, there was an arbitration action
pending against us by the former owner of the Winn-Dixie ATM
portfolio for restitution of a portion of the funds drawn by us
under the aforementioned
38
letter of credit. See Business Legal
Proceedings. However, such arbitration action was settled
in January 2006, the result of which had no material impact on
our financial condition or results of operations.
Finally, if Winn-Dixies restructuring efforts are
unsuccessful and additional store closings are announced or
current transaction levels decline, we may be required to record
an impairment charge related to the tangible and intangible
assets associated with the Winn-Dixie contract. At this point,
we believe that no impairment is warranted based upon the
operating performance of the remaining installed ATMs. As of
September 30, 2005, the carrying amount of such assets
totaled approximately $3.7 million. Additionally, we have
approximately $1.8 million in future contractual operating
lease payments associated with many of the ATMs that are still
operating within the remaining Winn-Dixie store locations.
In August and September 2005, Hurricanes Katrina and Rita struck
the Gulf Coast of the United States, and in the process,
temporarily disrupted our ATM operations in portions of Alabama,
Florida, Louisiana, Mississippi and Texas. Approximately 500
ATMs were initially impacted by the storms.
While we saw a noticeable decline in transactions in the
impacted areas immediately after the storms, we also saw a
corresponding increase in transactions in areas adjacent to the
impacted locations, including an increase in transactions
associated with ATMs located in neighboring cities and states.
Accordingly, the lost transactions associated with the impacted
ATMs did not have a material impact on our ongoing operations.
However, we did record an approximately $0.1 million
pre-tax charge during the three months ended September 30,
2005, related to the costs incurred under our insurance policies
to replace the ATMs (and in some cases the related cash
balances) that were lost or damaged as a result of the storms.
On October 24, 2005, Hurricane Wilma struck the Gulf Coast
of the United States, and in the process, temporarily disrupted
our ATM operations in portions of South Florida. Immediately
following the storm, approximately 311 ATMs were not transacting
primarily due to power outages and communication issues
resulting from the storm. However, unlike Hurricanes Katrina and
Rita, many of the impacted ATMs suffered no physical damage and
were back up and transacting within a very short period of time
following the storm. Accordingly, Hurricane Wilma did not have a
material impact on our results of operations or financial
condition.
|
|
|
United Kingdom Transaction Declines |
During the three months ended September 30, 2005, our
United Kingdom ATM portfolio experienced a slight year-over-year
decline in withdrawal transactions. After additional research,
we determined that such decline was essentially limited to those
ATMs in which new, non-motorized card readers had recently been
installed to bring such ATMs into compliance with recently
enacted security upgrade requirements in the United Kingdom. We
believe that the design of the new card reader installed on such
ATMs makes it difficult for ATM users to fully insert their ATM
cards, thus resulting in an increased number of declined and
aborted transactions.
We are currently in the process of speaking with the ATM
manufacturer that utilizes the aforementioned card reader system
to determine if there is a manufacturing solution to this issue.
In the meantime, we are modifying the signage and screen
messages on the impacted ATMs to provide additional information
to the ATM users on how to properly insert their cards in the
new card readers. At this point, we are unable to accurately
predict whether these actions will fully resolve this issue, and
if so, when such resolution will occur.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
registration statement have been prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States,
which require that management make numerous estimates and
assumptions. Actual results could differ from those estimates
and assumptions, impacting our reported results of operations
and financial position. We describe our significant
39
accounting policies more fully in note 1 to our
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
registration statement. The significant accounting policies and
estimates described here are those that are most important to
the depiction of our financial condition and results of
operations and the application of which requires
managements most subjective judgments in making estimates
about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.
Goodwill and intangible assets. Historical goodwill
represents the excess of the amount paid over the fair value of
the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with
our past business combinations. As of September 30, 2005,
such goodwill balance totaled $160.6 million,
$82.1 million of which related to our acquisition of the
E*TRADE Access, Inc. ATM portfolio in June 2004, and
$78.5 million of which related to our acquisition of Bank
Machine in May 2005. Intangible assets, net, consists primarily
of acquired merchant contracts and relationships, deferred
financing costs, exclusive license agreements and the Bank
Machine trade name acquired as part of the Bank Machine
acquisition. Our intangible assets totaled $74.8 million,
net of accumulated amortization, as of September 30, 2005.
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets, provides that goodwill and other intangible assets
that have indefinite useful lives will not be amortized, but
instead must be tested at least annually for impairment, and
intangible assets that have finite useful lives should continue
to be amortized over their estimated useful lives. SFAS 142
also provides specific guidance for testing goodwill and other
non-amortized intangible assets for impairment. SFAS 142
requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions in
order to allocate goodwill to reporting units and to determine
the fair value of a reporting units net assets and
liabilities, including, among other things, an assessment of
market condition, projected cash flows, interest rates and
growth rates, which could significantly impact the reported
value of goodwill and other intangible assets. Furthermore,
SFAS 142 exposes us to the possibility that changes in
market conditions could result in potentially significant
impairment charges in the future.
We evaluate the recoverability of our goodwill and intangible
assets by estimating the future discounted cash flows of the
businesses or portfolios of contracts to which the goodwill and
intangible assets relate. We use discount rates corresponding to
our cost of capital, risk adjusted as appropriate, to determine
such discounted cash flows, and consider current and anticipated
business trends, prospects and other market and economic
conditions when performing our evaluations. Such evaluations are
performed at minimum on an annual basis, or more frequently
based on the occurrence of events that might indicate a
potential impairment. Such events include, but are not limited
to, items such as the loss of a significant contract or a
material change in the terms or conditions of a significant
contract.
Valuation of long-lived assets. In accordance with
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Disposal or
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, long-lived assets, such as
property, plant, and equipment, and purchased intangibles
subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The recoverability of
assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the
carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future
cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the
carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted
future cash flows, an impairment charge would be recognized by
the amount that the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the
fair value of the asset. Our determination that an adverse event
or change in circumstance has occurred will generally involve
(1) a greater attrition rate compared to estimated
renewals, (2) an unexpected decline in transactions without
any offsetting incremental revenues (i.e., bank branding), or
(3) a change in strategy affecting the utility of the
asset. Our measurement of the fair value of an impaired asset
will generally be based on an estimate of discounted future cash
flows.
Income taxes. Income tax provisions are based on taxes
payable or refundable for the current year and deferred taxes on
temporary differences between the amount of taxable income and
income before income taxes and between the tax basis of assets
and liabilities and their reported amounts in our financial
statements. We include deferred tax assets and liabilities in
our financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates.
As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, we adjust our
deferred tax assets and liabilities through income tax
provisions.
40
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we
consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or
all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the
generation of future taxable income during the periods in which
those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the
scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future
taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this
assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income
and projections for future taxable income over the periods in
which the deferred tax assets are deductible, we believe it is
more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of these
deductible differences. If we do not generate future taxable
income, we will not realize these tax assets and the write-off
of those assets will adversely affect our results.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our statement of operations
information as a percentage of total revenues for the period
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATM operating revenues
|
|
|
94.7 |
% |
|
|
92.3 |
% |
|
|
86.0 |
% |
|
|
96.3 |
% |
|
|
95.6 |
% |
ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
14.0 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
Cost of revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of ATM operating revenues
|
|
|
74.4 |
|
|
|
72.7 |
|
|
|
71.4 |
|
|
|
74.6 |
|
|
|
75.0 |
|
|
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
13.1 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation shown
separately below)
|
|
|
78.9 |
|
|
|
79.9 |
|
|
|
84.5 |
|
|
|
78.1 |
|
|
|
78.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
|
20.1 |
|
|
|
15.5 |
|
|
|
21.9 |
|
|
|
21.2 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
|
|
Depreciation and accretion expense
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
13.4 |
|
|
|
13.3 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
|
|
|
13.0 |
|
|
|
13.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
8.1 |
|
Other expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
Minority interest in subsidiary
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expenses
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for asset
retirement obligations, net of related income tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
2.4 |
% |
|
|
2.2 |
% |
|
|
0.2 |
% |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
2.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41
The following table sets forth, for the years ended
December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, and the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 and 2004, information concerning key
measures we rely on to gauge our operating performance,
including total surcharge-bearing transactions,
surcharge-bearing transactions per ATM, and gross profit and
gross profit margin per surcharge-bearing transaction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
|
|
Ended | |
|
|
Years Ended December 31, | |
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Average number of ATMs
|
|
|
18,429 |
|
|
|
10,662 |
|
|
|
7,417 |
|
|
|
26,099 |
|
|
|
17,216 |
|
Total transactions (in thousands)
|
|
|
111,577 |
|
|
|
64,605 |
|
|
|
36,212 |
|
|
|
115,152 |
|
|
|
76,712 |
|
Monthly total transactions per ATM
|
|
|
505 |
|
|
|
505 |
|
|
|
407 |
|
|
|
490 |
|
|
|
495 |
|
Total surcharge-bearing transactions (in thousands)
|
|
|
82,087 |
|
|
|
48,778 |
|
|
|
28,978 |
|
|
|
79,943 |
|
|
|
56,733 |
|
Monthly surcharge-bearing transactions per ATM (in thousands)(1)
|
|
|
371 |
|
|
|
381 |
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
340 |
|
|
|
366 |
|
Per surcharge-bearing transaction:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Surcharge revenues
|
|
$ |
1.53 |
|
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
|
$ |
1.42 |
|
|
$ |
1.69 |
|
|
$ |
1.52 |
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
0.63 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.62 |
|
|
|
0.63 |
|
|
Other transaction revenues(2)
|
|
|
0.06 |
|
|
|
0.06 |
|
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
|
|
|
0.06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total transaction revenues
|
|
$ |
2.23 |
|
|
$ |
2.09 |
|
|
$ |
2.04 |
|
|
$ |
2.40 |
|
|
$ |
2.21 |
|
|
Cost of transaction revenues
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
1.65 |
|
|
|
1.70 |
|
|
|
1.86 |
|
|
|
1.73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction gross profit(3)
|
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
$ |
0.44 |
|
|
$ |
0.34 |
|
|
$ |
0.54 |
|
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
Transaction gross profit margin
|
|
|
21.5 |
% |
|
|
21.1 |
% |
|
|
16.7 |
% |
|
|
22.5 |
% |
|
|
21.5 |
% |
|
|
(1) |
Monthly surcharge-bearing transactions per ATM for the nine
month period ended September 30, 2005 were lower than in
the nine month period September 30, 2004 largely because
the ATMs acquired from E*TRADE Access, Inc. on June 30,
2004 were primarily merchant-owned machines with lower average
transactions per ATM. |
|
(2) |
Other transaction revenues consist primarily of bank and network
branding fees (for periods subsequent to 2002), and other
transaction-based fees. |
|
(3) |
Transaction gross profit is a measure of profitability that uses
only the revenue and expenses that are transaction based. The
revenue and expenses from ATM equipment sales and other
ATM-related services are not included. |
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and
September 30, 2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended | |
|
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
191,731 |
|
|
$ |
125,169 |
|
|
|
53.2 |
% |
ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
7,457 |
|
|
|
5,772 |
|
|
|
29.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
$ |
199,188 |
|
|
$ |
130,941 |
|
|
|
52.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, total revenues increased by
52.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 when
compared to the same period in 2004. Such increase was primarily
driven by the acquisition of the E*TRADE Access, Inc. ATM
portfolio in June 2004, and to a lesser extent, the Bank
Machine, BAS Communications, Inc. and Neo Concepts, Inc. ATM
acquisitions consummated in 2005. Additionally, higher overall
network and bank branding revenues contributed to the
year-over-year increase.
ATM product sales and other revenues increased approximately
29.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, when
compared to the same period in 2004. Such increase was primarily
due to higher
42
overall ATM equipment sales associated with the acquired E*TRADE
Access ATM portfolio, which was in place for the entire nine
months in 2005 but only three months in 2004.
Surcharge-bearing transactions increased approximately 40.9% to
79.9 million transactions for the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 from 56.7 million transactions
during the same period in 2004. This growth in transaction
volume was driven largely by the E*TRADE Access ATM portfolio
acquisition. While interchange revenue per transaction remained
relatively unchanged from 2004 to 2005, surcharge revenue per
transaction increased approximately 11.2% from $1.52 in 2004 to
$1.69 in 2005. Such increase was primarily due to a concerted
effort on our part to increase the surcharge rates for selected
merchants whose rates have historically been below market, and
the impact of the higher surcharge rates associated with the
acquired Bank Machine operations (which, on a US Dollar
converted basis, average roughly $2.60 per transaction).
However, despite the above increases, surcharge-bearing
transactions per ATM decreased from 366 in 2004 to 340 in 2005.
Such decrease was primarily due to the E*TRADE Access ATM
portfolio acquisition, which, as previously discussed, included
primarily merchant-owned ATMs with lower average
surcharge-bearing transactions per ATM.
|
|
|
Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended | |
|
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Cost of ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
148,528 |
|
|
$ |
98,211 |
|
|
|
51.2 |
% |
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
6,976 |
|
|
|
4,997 |
|
|
|
39.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
$ |
155,504 |
|
|
$ |
103,208 |
|
|
|
50.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATM operating revenues gross margin
|
|
|
22.5 |
% |
|
|
21.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
ATM product sales and other revenues gross margin
|
|
|
6.5 |
% |
|
|
13.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Total gross margin
|
|
|
21.9 |
% |
|
|
21.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, total cost of revenues
increased by 50.7% for the nine months ended September 30,
2005 when compared to the same period in 2004. Such increase was
primarily due to the higher overall cost of ATM operating
revenues as a result of the E*TRADE Access, Inc. ATM portfolio
acquisition in June 2004 and, to a lesser extent, the three
acquisitions consummated in 2005. Because the majority of the
ATMs acquired in the E*TRADE Access, Inc. ATM portfolio
acquisition were merchant-owned machines, the related merchant
fees are higher than those paid under company-owned
arrangements. Overall, domestic merchant fees increased by
approximately $31.2 million, or 58.5%, during the nine
months ended September 30, 2005, when compared to the same
period in 2004.
The other primary components of cost of ATM operating
revenues maintenance fees, cost of cash, and armored
courier fees also contributed to the domestic cost
increases for the
year-to-date periods.
Such costs increased by $10.3 million, or 37.4% for the
nine months ended September 30, 2005, when compared to the
prior year.
Our total gross margin for the nine months ended
September 30, 2005, totaled 21.9%, up slightly from the
21.2% level achieved during the nine months ended
September 30, 2004. Such increase was primarily
attributable to higher than normal operating costs incurred
during the three months ended September 30, 2004, as we
worked to transition the acquired E*TRADE Access, Inc. ATM
portfolio on to our existing operating platform.
While our recent acquisitions of predominantly company-owned ATM
portfolios, including Bank Machine, should have a positive
long-term impact on our overall gross margin percentage, we
currently expect that our near term gross margin percentage will
remain relatively consistent with the level achieved during the
most recent quarter. This is primarily due to the recent
deployment of approximately 1,000 company-owned ATMs in
certain Walgreens and CVS locations throughout the United
States. We currently expect that many of these ATMs will
generate negative gross margins during the first 6-12 months
43
following their initial deployment. However, despite the initial
negative returns associated these deployments, we expect that
such locations will become profitable as the transaction levels
increase over time and the underlying ATMs become subject to
anticipated future bank branding arrangements.
|
|
|
Selling, General and Administrative Expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended | |
|
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
$ |
11,552 |
|
|
$ |
8,851 |
|
|
|
30.5 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
5.8 |
% |
|
|
6.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, selling, general and
administrative expense increased by 30.5% for the nine months
ended September 30, 2005 when compared to the same period
in 2004. Such increase was primarily due to the hiring of
additional employees over the past year and higher overall
professional fees, both of which were the result of the
acquisitions consummated in 2004 and 2005.
We expect that our selling, general and administrative expense
will increase slightly in the future due to higher accounting,
legal and professional fees resulting from our becoming subject
to the reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, including those under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, following the registration of our recently issued senior
subordinated notes.
|
|
|
Depreciation and Accretion Expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended | |
|
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Depreciation and accretion expense
|
|
$ |
8,530 |
|
|
$ |
4,257 |
|
|
|
100.4 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
4.3 |
% |
|
|
3.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, depreciation and accretion
expense increased by 100.4% for the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 when compared to the same period in
2004. Such increase was primarily due to the incremental ATMs
acquired through the E*TRADE Access transaction in June 2004,
and, to a lesser extent, the incremental ATMs associated with
the acquisitions consummated in 2005 and the current year
company-owned ATM rollouts.
In the future, we expect that our depreciation and accretion
expense will grow in proportion to the increase in the number of
ATMs we own and deploy throughout our company-owned portfolio.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended | |
|
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Amortization expense
|
|
$ |
5,689 |
|
|
$ |
4,092 |
|
|
|
39.0 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
2.9 |
% |
|
|
3.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, amortization expense, which is
primarily comprised of amortization of intangible merchant
contracts and relationships associated with our past
acquisitions, increased by 39.0% for the nine months ended
September 30, 2005 when compared to the same period in
2004. Such increase was primarily due to the incremental
amortization expense associated with the merchant contracts and
relationships acquired in the E*TRADE Access transaction in June
2004, and, to a lesser extent, the incremental merchant
contracts and relationships acquired in 2005.
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended | |
|
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Interest expense, net
|
|
$ |
14,224 |
|
|
$ |
5,211 |
|
|
|
173.0 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
7.1 |
% |
|
|
4.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, interest expense increased by
173.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 when
compared to the same period in 2004. Such increase was primarily
attributable to the additional borrowings under our bank credit
facilities in June 2004 and May 2005 to finance the E*TRADE
Access ATM portfolio acquisition and the Bank Machine
acquisition, respectively, and the incremental interest expense
associated with our senior subordinated notes offering in August
2005. Additionally, the interest expense amount for the
nine-months ended September 30, 2005 included the pre-tax
write-off of approximately $3.4 million in deferred
financing costs associated with the repayment of, and amendments
to, our existing bank credit facilities. For the nine months
ended September 30, 2004, we wrote off approximately
$2.5 million in deferred financing costs associated with
the amendment of our then existing bank credit facility.
We expect that our future interest expense levels will increase
as a result of the issuance of the senior subordinated notes in
August 2005. Such notes, which carry an effective interest rate
of approximately 9.375%, were utilized to retire our outstanding
first and second lien term loans, which carried a
weighted-average interest rate of approximately 7.1% at the time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended | |
|
|
September 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Income tax provision
|
|
$ |
972 |
|
|
$ |
1,931 |
|
|
|
(49.7 |
)% |
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
34.6 |
% |
|
|
38.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, our income tax provision
decreased by 49.7% for the nine months ended September 30,
2005 when compared to the same period in 2004. On an absolute
basis, the
year-over-year change
was driven by a corresponding decrease in our pre-tax income.
While we expect that our effective tax rate will remain
relatively consistent in future periods, such rate could vary
from quarter to quarter depending on the mix of pre-tax income
and loss amounts generated in our domestic and foreign tax
jurisdictions. Additionally, we expect that our cash tax rate
may increase in the future as a result of the recently
consummated Bank Machine acquisition.
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, 2004 (2004) and
December 31, 2003 (2003) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
182,711 |
|
|
$ |
101,950 |
|
|
|
79.2 |
% |
ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
10,204 |
|
|
|
8,493 |
|
|
|
20.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
$ |
192,915 |
|
|
$ |
110,443 |
|
|
|
74.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, total revenues increased by
74.7% for the year ended December 31, 2004, when compared
to 2003. ATM operating revenues, the largest component of total
revenues, increased
45
79.2% in 2004 and accounted for approximately 94.7% of our total
revenues in 2004 versus approximately 92.3% in 2003. The
significant year-over-year increase in ATM operating revenues
was primarily driven by an increase in the number of ATMs and
related transactions resulting from the E*TRADE Access ATM
portfolio acquisition in June 2004, and to a lesser extent,
several other ATM portfolio acquisitions consummated during
2003, including XtraCash (February 2003), National Bank
Equipment (May 2003), and American Express (August 2003).
Additionally, the award of a new contract by ExxonMobil also
helped contribute to the
year-over-year
increase. Surcharge fees and interchange fees were consistent on
a percentage basis in both periods, representing approximately
97.1% of ATM operating revenues for both 2004 and 2003. The
remaining portion of ATM operating revenues was comprised of
bank and network branding revenues, which accounted for
approximately 1.3% of our ATM operating revenues in 2004 and
1.1% in 2003, and revenues from a variety of individually
insignificant sources that together accounted for approximately
1.6% of our ATM operating revenues in 2004 and 1.8% of our ATM
operating revenues in 2003.
ATM product sales and other revenues increased approximately
20.1% for the year ended December 31, 2004, when compared
to 2003, and represented approximately 5.3% of our total
revenues in 2004 versus approximately 7.7% in 2003. The
year-over-year increase in ATM product sales and other revenues
was primarily driven by higher overall equipment sales
associated with the acquired E*TRADE Access ATM portfolio
acquisition, offset somewhat by a lower VAR sales as a result of
a decrease in the number of associate VARs to whom we sold
products to in 2004. The reduction in the number of associate
VARs resulted from several factors, including the promotion by
NCR of several associate VARs to master VAR status, meaning
those entities no longer needed to buy products through us
because they could buy directly from NCR, the increased sales
efforts of these new master VARs directed at some of our
existing associate VARs, and our decision to cease doing
business with some of our associate VARs due to credit concerns.
Surcharge-bearing transactions increased approximately 68.2% to
82.1 million transactions in 2004, from 48.8 million
transactions in 2003. This growth in transaction volume was
driven largely by an approximately 105% increase in the number
of ATMs that we owned or operated at year end 2004 when compared
to year end 2003. While interchange revenue per transaction
remained relatively unchanged from 2003 to 2004, surcharge
revenues per transaction of $1.53 in 2004 increased
approximately 7.0% from the surcharge revenues per transaction
of $1.43 in 2003. Such increase was primarily due to a concerted
effort on our part to increase the surcharge rates for selected
merchants whose rates have historically been below market.
However, despite the above increases, surcharge-bearing
transactions per ATM decreased from 381 in 2003 to 371 in 2004.
Such decrease was primarily due to the E*TRADE Access ATM
portfolio acquisition, which, as previously discussed, included
primarily merchant-owned portfolio of ATMs with lower average
surcharge-bearing
transactions per ATM.
|
|
|
Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Cost of ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
143,504 |
|
|
$ |
80,286 |
|
|
|
78.7 |
% |
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
8,703 |
|
|
|
7,903 |
|
|
|
10.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
$ |
152,207 |
|
|
$ |
88,189 |
|
|
|
72.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATM operating revenues gross margin
|
|
|
21.5 |
% |
|
|
21.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
ATM product sales and other revenues gross margin
|
|
|
14.7 |
% |
|
|
6.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Total gross margin
|
|
|
21.1 |
% |
|
|
20.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, total cost of revenues
increased by approximately 72.6% in 2004 when compared to 2003.
The primary driver of this increase was a 78.7% year-over-year
increase in the cost of ATM operating revenues. In 2004, the
largest component of cost of ATM operating revenues, merchant
fees, increased $42.8 million, or approximately 112.6%, to
$80.8 million, from $38.0 million for 2003, and
accounted for approximately 56.3% of total cost of ATM operating
revenues. This increase was the result of
46
the increased merchant fees paid with respect to the
aforementioned ATM contracts that were acquired during 2003 and
2004. The three other primary components of the cost of ATM
operating revenues, maintenance contracts, cost of cash, and
armored courier fees, increased $13.2 million, or
approximately 67.3%, to $32.8 million for 2004, from
$19.6 million for the same period in 2003, and accounted
for 22.9% of total cost of ATM operating revenues. On an
absolute basis, this increase was due to the increase in the
number of ATMs operated by us, primarily as a result of the
aforementioned acquisitions. Of the $64.0 million increase
in total costs of revenues, $48.8 million was attributable
to such acquisitions and the new ExxonMobil contract,
$16.0 million was attributable to other internal growth
efforts and the effects of a full years worth of results
from the prior year acquisitions, and $(0.8) million was
attributable to lower costs as a result of the previously
mentioned reduced VAR sales.
On a per surcharge-bearing transaction basis, merchant fees
increased approximately 25.6%, from $0.78 in 2003 to $0.98 in
2004. This was primarily the result of a shift in the mix of
ATMs we operate to more merchant-owned arrangements as a result
of the E*Trade Access ATM portfolio acquisition, as previously
discussed. The other components of cost of ATM operating
revenues increased on a per surcharge-bearing transaction basis
largely as a result of the increase in the proportion of our
ATMs operated under
company-owned
arrangements, where we retain almost total operational
responsibility of the ATMs. However, such increases were
partially offset by more favorable pricing from our vendors as a
result of our increased size.
Gross profit represented approximately 21.1% of total revenues
for 2004, compared to approximately 20.1% for 2003. Gross profit
as a percentage of total revenues increased slightly due to
reductions in certain operating costs as a result of our
increased size and scope and our move towards higher-margin
company-owned ATM
arrangements. Additionally, the reduction in VAR sales as a
percentage of total revenues in 2004, which operate with lower
gross margins, also contributed to the year-over-year increase.
|
|
|
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
$ |
13,571 |
|
|
$ |
7,229 |
|
|
|
87.7 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
7.0 |
% |
|
|
6.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, selling, general and
administrative expenses increased 87.7% in 2004 when compared to
2003. Such increase was attributable to a number of items,
including (1) approximately $1.8 million in costs
associated with our terminated initial public offering in 2004,
(2) approximately $2.8 million in compensation related
costs associated with a restricted stock grant made to our chief
executive officer in 2004, including a related bonus to cover
the tax liability associated with such grant, and
(3) incremental headcount costs associated with the
increased size and scope of our operations.
|
|
|
Depreciation and Accretion Expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Depreciation and accretion expense
|
|
$ |
6,785 |
|
|
$ |
3,632 |
|
|
|
86.8 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
3.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, depreciation of property and
equipment increased approximately 86.8% in 2004 when compared to
2003. Such increase was primarily due to capital expenditures
associated with the aforementioned acquisitions, increases in
ATMs deployed through internal growth initiatives, and the
replacement of ATMs under expired operating leases.
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Amortization expense
|
|
$ |
5,508 |
|
|
$ |
3,842 |
|
|
|
43.4 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
2.9 |
% |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, amortization of intangible
assets increased by approximately 43.4% in 2004 when compared to
2003. Such increase was almost entirely due to an increase in
overall intangible assets (primarily merchant contracts) as a
result of our aforementioned acquisitions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Interest expense
|
|
$ |
7,050 |
|
|
$ |
3,346 |
|
|
|
110.7 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
3.7 |
% |
|
|
3.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, interest expense increased
110.7% in 2004 when compared to 2003. Such increase was
primarily attributable to the additional borrowings under our
bank credit facilities as a result of the E*TRADE Access ATM
portfolio acquisition in June 2004, and the write-off of
previously deferred financing costs of approximately
$0.8 million as a result of the amendment of our bank
credit facilities. Additionally, we incurred approximately
$1.7 million in fees that were expensed immediately as
interest expense as part of the refinancing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Income tax provision
|
|
$ |
2,956 |
|
|
$ |
1,511 |
|
|
|
95.6 |
% |
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
39.1 |
% |
|
|
36.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, our income tax provision
increased by approximately 95.6% in 2004 when compared to 2003.
Such increase was essentially due to a corresponding increase in
income over the same period. The increase in our effective tax
rate from 36.9% in 2003 to 39.1% in 2004 was due primarily to
higher estimated state tax rates.
|
|
|
Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle (Net) |
For 2004, our cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle was $0, compared to $0.1 million in 2003. There
were no new accounting pronouncements adopted during 2004 that
would require a cumulative effect change computation. In 2003,
the adoption of SFAS 143 resulted in the aforementioned
charge.
48
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, 2003 (2003) and
December 31, 2002 (2002) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
101,950 |
|
|
$ |
59,183 |
|
|
|
72.3 |
% |
ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
8,493 |
|
|
|
9,603 |
|
|
|
(11.6 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
$ |
110,443 |
|
|
$ |
68,786 |
|
|
|
60.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, total revenues increased
approximately 60.6% in 2003 when compared to 2002. ATM operating
revenues, the largest component of total revenues, increased
72.3% in 2003 and accounted for approximately 92.3% of our total
revenues in 2003, compared to approximately 86.0% in 2002. In
2003, surcharge and interchange fees accounted for approximately
97.1% of our ATM operating revenues, compared to approximately
97.4% in 2002. The remaining portion of ATM operating revenues
is comprised of branding revenues, which accounted for
approximately 1.1% of our ATM operating revenues in 2003, and
revenues from a variety of individually insignificant sources
that together accounted for approximately 1.8% of our ATM
operating revenues in 2003. The year-over-year growth in ATM
operating revenues was primarily due to increased ATM
transaction volumes and ATM service revenues associated with
several acquired ATM networks, including Diebold (September
2002), XtraCash (February 2003), National Bank Equipment (May
2003), and American Express (August 2003). Additionally, the
award of a new contract by ExxonMobil (May 2003) also
contributed to the year-over-year growth.
ATM product sales and other revenues decreased 11.6% in 2003
when compared to 2002, and represented approximately 7.7% of our
total revenues in 2003 versus 14.0% in 2002. The year-over-year
decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in the number of
associate VARs to whom we sold products. This reduction in the
number of associate VARs resulted from several factors,
including the promotion by NCR of several associate VARs to
master VAR status, meaning those entities no longer needed to
buy products through us because they could buy directly from
NCR, the increased sales efforts of these new master VARs
directed at some of our existing associate VARs, and our
decision to cease doing business with some of our associate VARs
due to credit concerns.
Surcharge-bearing transactions increased approximately 68.3% to
48.8 million transactions in 2003, from 29.0 million
transactions in 2002. This growth in transaction volume was
driven largely by an approximately 45% increase in the number of
ATMs that we owned or operated at year-end 2003 when compared to
2002. While surcharge revenue and interchange revenue per
transaction remained relatively unchanged from 2002 to 2003,
surcharge-bearing transactions per ATM increased with the
increase in the number and percentage of ATMs we operate under
company-owned arrangements. ATMs added through acquisitions and
internal growth included 2,993 under company-owned arrangements
and 730 under merchant-owned arrangements.
|
|
|
Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Cost of ATM operating revenues
|
|
$ |
80,286 |
|
|
$ |
49,134 |
|
|
|
63.4 |
% |
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues
|
|
|
7,903 |
|
|
|
8,984 |
|
|
|
(12.0 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
$ |
88,189 |
|
|
$ |
58,118 |
|
|
|
51.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATM operating revenues gross margin
|
|
|
21.2 |
% |
|
|
17.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
ATM product sales and other revenues gross margin
|
|
|
6.9 |
% |
|
|
6.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Total gross margin
|
|
|
20.1 |
% |
|
|
15.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
49
As indicated in the table above, total cost of revenues
increased by approximately 51.7% in 2003 when compared to 2002.
The primary driver of this increase was a 63.4% year-over-year
increase in the cost of ATM operating revenues. In 2003, the
largest component of cost of ATM operating revenues, merchant
fees, increased $9.7 million, or approximately 34.3%, to
$38.0 million, from $28.3 million for 2002, and
accounted for approximately 47.3% of total cost of ATM operating
revenues. Such increase was the result of the merchant fees paid
with respect to the 3,723 additional ATMs we operated in 2003
compared to 2002. Two other primary components of the cost of
ATM operating revenues, cost of cash and armored courier fees,
increased $5.5 million, or approximately 93.2%, to
$11.4 million for 2003, from $5.9 million for 2002,
and accounted for approximately 14.2% of total cost of ATM
operating revenues. On an absolute basis, this increase
primarily resulted from the increase in the number of ATMs we
operated. Of the $30.1 million increase in total costs of
revenues, $19.8 million was attributable to new network
acquisitions, $2.2 million was attributable to the new
ExxonMobil contract and $8.1 million was attributable to
other internal growth and the effect of a full years
results and growth from prior year acquisitions. The cost of ATM
product sales and other revenues decreased 12.0% year-over-year
primarily due to a decrease in equipment sales, as we placed
less emphasis on such sales during 2003.
On a per surcharge-bearing transaction basis, merchant fees
decreased approximately 20.4%, from $0.98 in 2002 to $0.78 in
2003. This was primarily the result of a shift in the mix of
ATMs we operate to more company-owned arrangements, in which
merchant fees are typically lower than under merchant-owned
arrangements. The other components of cost of ATM operating
revenues increased on a per surcharge-bearing transaction basis
largely as a result of the increase in the proportion of our
ATMs operated under
company-owned
arrangements, where we retain almost total operational
responsibility. These increases were partially offset by more
favorable pricing from our vendors as a result of our increased
size.
Gross profit represented approximately 20.1% of total revenues
for 2003, compared to approximately 15.5% for 2002. Gross profit
as a percentage of total revenues increased primarily due to
higher margins from acquired company-owned ATMs and negotiated
reductions in operating costs due to our increased size and
scope.
|
|
|
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
$ |
7,229 |
|
|
$ |
6,142 |
|
|
|
17.7 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
6.5 |
% |
|
|
8.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, selling, general and
administrative expenses increased approximately 17.7% in 2003
when compared to 2002. Such increase was primarily due to the
addition of employees and related expenses necessary to support
our growth. Although we have historically added very few
employees in connection with our acquisitions of ATM networks,
the overall growth in the size and scope of our operations over
the last several years has required us to add some additional
personnel. The increase in selling, general and administrative
expenses in 2003 primarily reflects the addition of our new
chief executive officer, the transition period of four and a
half months where the new and old chief executive officers
overlapped, and expenses related to stock compensation awards
made in connection with his hiring.
|
|
|
Depreciation and Accretion Expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Depreciation and accretion expense
|
|
$ |
3,632 |
|
|
$ |
1,650 |
|
|
|
120.1 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
3.3 |
% |
|
|
2.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
50
As indicated in the table above, depreciation of property and
equipment increased approximately 120.1% in 2003 when compared
to 2002. Such increase was primarily due to capital expenditures
associated with our acquisition of several ATM networks,
increases in ATMs deployed through internal growth initiatives,
the replacement of ATMs under expired operating leases and the
increase in the proportion of our ATMs operated under
company-owned arrangements as compared to merchant-owned
arrangements. In 2003, we also began recognizing an accretion
expense to offset the increasing value of the liability
associated with expected future cash outflows for expected
equipment de-installations, as required by SFAS 143.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Amortization expense
|
|
$ |
3,842 |
|
|
$ |
1,641 |
|
|
|
134.1 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
2.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, amortization of intangible
assets increased approximately 134.1% in 2003 when compared to
2002. Such increase was almost entirely due to an increase in
overall intangible assets (primarily merchant contracts) as a
result of our aforementioned acquisitions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Interest expense
|
|
$ |
3,346 |
|
|
$ |
881 |
|
|
|
279.8 |
% |
Percentage of revenues
|
|
|
3.0 |
% |
|
|
1.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, interest expense increased
approximately 279.8% in 2003 when compared to 2002. Such
increase was attributable to additional outstanding amounts
under our prior bank credit facility. In addition, a significant
portion of the increase was related to the write-off of prior
loan origination costs in conjunction with negotiated increases
in our borrowing base in 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Income tax provision
|
|
$ |
1,511 |
|
|
$ |
154 |
|
|
|
881.2 |
% |
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
36.9 |
% |
|
|
52.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
As indicated in the table above, our income tax provision
increased by approximately 881.2% in 2003 when compared to 2002.
Such increase was essentially due to a corresponding increase in
income over the same period. The higher effective tax rate in
2002 was primarily due to higher state income taxes relative to
our federal income tax obligation during the period.
|
|
|
Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle (Net) |
For 2003, our cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle was $0.1 million, compared to $0 in 2002. This
increase resulted from the adoption of SFAS 143 as of
January 1, 2003, as previously discussed.
51
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have historically funded our operations primarily through
cash flow from operations and borrowings under our credit
facilities as well as private placements of equity securities.
We have historically used cash to invest in additional operating
ATMs, either through the acquisition of ATM networks or through
internally generated growth. We have also used cash to fund
increases in working capital and to pay interest and repay
principal, on our borrowings.
At September 30, 2005, we had approximately
$2.5 million in cash and cash equivalents on hand and
approximately $243.6 million in outstanding long-term debt
and notes payable, including the current portion related
thereto. The following table sets forth information from our
statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31,
2004, 2003 and 2002 and the nine months ended September 30,
2005 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, | |
|
Nine Months | |
|
|
| |
|
Ended | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2002 | |
|
September 30, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
20,466 |
|
|
$ |
21,629 |
|
|
$ |
4,491 |
|
|
$ |
32,751 |
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(118,926 |
) |
|
|
(29,663 |
) |
|
|
(15,023 |
) |
|
|
(133,344 |
) |
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
94,318 |
|
|
|
10,404 |
|
|
|
10,741 |
|
|
|
101,833 |
|
Net cash provided by operating activities was $32.8 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, and
$20.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
The increase during
year-to-date period in
2005 is primarily attributable to the acquisition of the E*TRADE
Access ATM portfolio in June 2004 and, to a lesser extent, the
acquisitions consummated during the first nine months of 2005.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $21.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 2003, and $4.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 2002, again reflecting the
growth in our ATM portfolio resulting from the acquisitions
consummated during 2003.
Our surcharge and interchange revenues are typically collected
in cash on a daily basis or within a very short period of time
subsequent to the end of each month. We typically pay our
vendors, including certain of our merchant customers, within
30 days subsequent to the end of each month. Accordingly,
we will typically utilize the excess cash flow generated from
such timing differences to fund our capital expenditure needs or
to repay amounts outstanding under our revolving line of credit
agreement (which is reflected as a long-term liability in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets). We will therefore
typically reflect net working capital deficit positions and
minimal book cash balances in our financial statements as a
result of these cash flow timing differences, and consider such
occurrences to be a normal part of our ongoing operations.
Net cash used in investing activities totaled
$133.3 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2005, $118.9 million in 2004, $29.7 million in 2003,
and $15.0 million in 2002. During these periods, a majority
of the cash used in investing activities was utilized to fund
the acquisition of a number of ATM portfolios and businesses,
including the E*TRADE Access ATM portfolio in 2004 and the Bank
Machine acquisition in 2005. Additionally, such cash was
utilized to make capital expenditures related to such
acquisitions, to install additional ATMs in connection with
acquired merchant relationships, and to deploy ATMs in
additional locations of merchants with which we had existing
relationships. Total capital expenditures were
$27.5 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2005, $19.7 million for the year ended December 31,
2004, $7.3 million for 2003 and $2.3 million for 2002.
We currently have no material purchase commitments, but we
continually evaluate opportunities to acquire additional ATM
networks.
In future periods, we expect to make capital expenditures to
upgrade our ATMs to be both Encrypting PIN Pad (EPP)
and Triple DES compliant. We have budgeted approximately
$10.5 million to accomplish these upgrades on all of our
ATMs by the end of 2007. Of this total, we spent approximately
$0.1 million during the remaining three months of 2005, and
anticipate spending $1.4 million in 2006 and
$9.0 million in 2007. We believe this time frame will be
acceptable to the major processing networks. However, if we must
accelerate our upgrade schedule, we would also be required to
significantly accelerate our capital expenditures with respect
to these upgrades.
52
In addition to the above, we may be required to make additional
capital expenditures in future periods to comply with
anticipated new regulations resulting from the Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA). Furthermore, in connection
with our E*TRADE Access portfolio acquisition, we assumed
responsibility for the outcome of a lawsuit instituted in
Massachusetts Federal District Court by the National Foundation
for the Blind and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. In this
lawsuit, the plaintiffs initially sought to require E*TRADE
Access to make all of the ATMs in its network
voice-enabled, or capable of providing audible
instructions to a visually-impaired person upon that person
inserting a headset plug into an outlet at the ATM. We
acknowledge that recently proposed accessibility guidelines
under the ADA would require
voice-enabling
technology for newly installed ATMs and for ATMs that are
otherwise retrofitted or substantially modified. However, these
new rules have not yet been adopted by the Department of
Justice. Assuming the proposed guidelines will be adopted in
substantially their current form, we currently estimate that we
would incur approximately $2.7 million in capital
expenditures over the next three years to retrofit all of our
company-owned ATMs. Business Legal
Proceedings.
Net cash provided by financing activities was
$101.9 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2005, $94.3 million for year ended December 31, 2004,
$10.4 million for 2003, and $10.7 million for 2002.
For all periods presented, substantially all of the cash
provided by financing activities resulted from our issuances of
additional long-term debt, offset, in each period, by our
repayments of other long-term debt and capital leases. Such
borrowings were primarily made in connection with the previously
discussed ATM portfolio acquisitions, including the Bank Machine
acquisition in 2005 and the E*TRADE Access acquisition in 2004.
Additionally, during the nine months ended September 30,
2005, we issued $75.0 million worth of Series B
preferred stock to a new investor, TA Associates. The net
proceeds from such offering were utilized to redeem our existing
Series A preferred stock, including all accrued and unpaid
dividends related thereto, and to redeem approximately 24% of
our outstanding common stock.
As of September 30, 2005, we had approximately
$243.6 million in outstanding long-term debt and current
notes payable, which was comprised of (i) approximately
$198.6 million (net of discount of $1.4 million) of
senior subordinated notes due August 2013,
(ii) approximately $41.8 million in borrowings under
our existing revolving and swing line credit facilities, and
(iii) approximately $3.2 million in notes payable due
to certain former shareholders of Bank Machine. There are no
principal payments required under the senior subordinated notes
until the notes mature in August 2013. Interest payments
associated with the senior subordinated notes will total
$18.5 million on an annual basis, and are due in
semi-annual installments of $9.25 million in February and
August of each year. Amounts outstanding under the revolving
credit facility are not due until the facilitys maturity
date in May 2010. Interest payments associated with such
borrowings are due monthly, quarterly or annually, depending on
the types of borrowings made under the facility. The
$3.2 million in notes payable represent notes that were
issued to certain former shareholders of Bank Machine as part of
that acquisition in May 2005. Such notes, which mature in 2008,
may be repaid in part or in whole at any time at the option of
each individual note holder beginning in November 2005. We have
set aside an amount of cash to repay the notes in total,
including any accrued interest related thereto, as the amounts
come due. Such cash is reflected as Restricted cash,
short-term in the accompanying condensed consolidated
balance sheet included elsewhere in this registration statement.
We believe that our cash on hand and our current bank credit
facilities will be sufficient to meet our working capital
requirements and contractual commitments for the next
12 months. We expect to fund our working capital needs from
revenues generated from our operations and borrowings under our
revolving line of credit, to the extent needed. However,
although we believe that we have sufficient flexibility under
our current revolving credit facility to pursue and finance our
expansion plans, such facility does contain certain covenants,
including covenants related to limitations on capital
expenditures and on the ratio of outstanding debt to EBITDA (as
defined in the facility), that could preclude us from drawing
down the full amount currently available for borrowing under
such facility. Accordingly, if we expand faster than planned,
need to respond to competitive pressures, or acquire additional
ATM networks, we may be required to seek additional sources of
financing. Such sources may come through the sale of equity or
debt securities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to
raise additional funds on terms favorable to us or at all. If
future financing sources are not available or are not available
on acceptable terms, we may not be able to fund our future
53
needs. This may prevent us from increasing our market share,
capitalizing on new business opportunities, or remaining
competitive in our industry.
|
|
|
Our Bank Credit Facilities |
On May 17, 2005, in connection with the acquisition of Bank
Machine, we replaced our existing bank credit facility with new
facilities provided by BNP Paribas and Bank of America, N.A.
Such facilities were comprised of (i) a revolving credit
facility of up to $100.0 million, (ii) a first lien
term facility of up to $125.0 million, and (iii) and a
second lien term facility of up to $75.0 million.
Borrowings under the facilities were utilized to repay our
existing bank credit facility in full and to fund the
acquisition of Bank Machine. As of September 30, 2005, the
first and second lien term facilities were fully repaid, as
discussed below, and approximately $41.8 million was
outstanding under the new revolving credit facility.
On August 12, 2005, we sold $200.0 million in senior
subordinated notes pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities
Act of 1933, and utilized the net proceeds from such offering,
along with approximately $7.1 million in borrowings under
our new revolving credit facility, to repay all of the
outstanding borrowings under our recently executed first and
second lien term loan facilities, including all accrued and
unpaid interested related thereto. Additionally, the revolving
credit facility was increased to a maximum borrowing capacity of
$150.0 million immediately following this transaction.
However, such capacity is limited in practice by certain
financial covenants contained in the facility. As of
September 30, 2005, we had approximately $41.8 million
outstanding under the facility, and the ability to borrow an
additional $37.1 million based on the covenants contained
in such facility. Any amounts drawn under such facility are not
due until the facilitys maturity date in May 2010.
Borrowings under our new bank credit facility bear interest at a
variable rate based upon LIBOR or prime rate, at our option. At
September 30, 2005, the weighted average interest rate on
our outstanding facility borrowings was approximately 6.8%.
Borrowings are secured by a lien on substantially all of our
domestic subsidiaries assets (excluding equity interests
in foreign subsidiaries). The borrowings are also secured by the
equity interests in our direct foreign subsidiaries and the
direct subsidiaries of our domestic subsidiaries (limited to 66%
of the voting interests in the direct foreign subsidiaries and
100% of the non-voting
interests in such direct foreign subsidiaries), and contain
customary covenants and events of default.
In addition to the above domestic credit facility, Bank Machine
has a £2.0 million unsecured overdraft and borrowing
facility that expires in July 2006. Such facility, which bears
interest at 1.75% over the banks base rate (currently
4.50%), will be utilized for general corporate purposes for our
United Kingdom operations. No borrowings were outstanding under
such facility as of September 30, 2005. However, on
September 22, 2005, Bank Machine posted a £275,000
bond under such facility, and in return received the same amount
in cash back from the bank. Such cash amount was previously held
by the bank as collateral for one of Bank Machines
existing vault cash programs. The outstanding bond is akin to a
letter of credit, and as such, reduces the amount available for
future borrowings under the facility to £1.725 million.
Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
The following table and discussion reflect our significant
contractual obligations and other commercial commitments as of
September 30, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual Obligations |
|
Total | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2007 | |
|
2008 | |
|
2009 | |
|
Thereafter | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Long-term debt(a)(b)
|
|
$ |
241,800 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
241,800 |
|
Notes payable
|
|
|
3,146 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,146 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
5,461 |
|
|
|
950 |
|
|
|
2,742 |
|
|
|
893 |
|
|
|
391 |
|
|
|
364 |
|
|
|
121 |
|
Merchant space lease obligations
|
|
|
13,518 |
|
|
|
1,126 |
|
|
|
4,376 |
|
|
|
3,453 |
|
|
|
3,242 |
|
|
|
982 |
|
|
|
339 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$ |
263,925 |
|
|
$ |
2,076 |
|
|
$ |
10,264 |
|
|
$ |
4,346 |
|
|
$ |
3,633 |
|
|
$ |
1,346 |
|
|
$ |
242,260 |
|
54
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Includes the face value of our senior subordinate notes of
$200.0 million, which is reflected net of unamortized
discount of approximately $1.4 million in our consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this registration
statement. |
|
(b) |
|
Amount does not include any related interest payments associated
with such borrowing. |
In May 2005, we issued certain guaranteed notes payable to a
number of former Bank Machine shareholders as part of that
acquisition. Such notes totaled approximately $3.2 million
as of September 30, 2005, and are reflected in the table
above as Notes payable. Although the notes
contractually mature in May 2008, they may be repaid in part or
in whole at any time at the option of each individual note
holder beginning in November 2005. At this point, we anticipate
that such notes will be repaid in full during 2006. We have set
aside an amount of cash to serve as collateral for the guarantee
and to repay the notes in total, including any accrued interest
related thereto, as the amounts come due. Such restricted cash
balance is currently reflected in the Restricted cash,
short-term line item in our consolidated balance sheet
included elsewhere in this registration statement.
The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims
arising in the ordinary course of business, including certain
proceedings which were previously associated with the acquired
E*TRADE ATM portfolio. The Companys management does not
expect that the outcome in any of these legal proceedings,
individually or collectively, will have a material adverse
effect on the Companys financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
Effects of Inflation
Our monetary assets, consisting primarily of cash and
receivables, are not significantly affected by inflation. Our
non-monetary assets, consisting primarily of tangible and
intangible assets, are not affected by inflation. We believe
that replacement costs of equipment, furniture and leasehold
improvements will not materially affect our operations. However,
the rate of inflation affects our expenses, such as those for
employee compensation and telecommunications, which may not be
readily recoverable in the price of services offered by us.
Disclosure About Market Risk
Our interest expense and our cash rental expense are sensitive
to changes in the general level of interest rates in the United
States and the United Kingdom, particularly because a
substantial portion of our indebtedness accrues interest at
floating rates and our ATM cash rental expense is based on
market rates of interest. Our outstanding vault cash, which
represents the cash we rent and place in our ATMs in cases where
the merchant does not provide the cash, totaled approximately
$389.4 million in the United States and approximately
$45.3 million in the United Kingdom as of
September 30, 2005. We pay a monthly fee on the average
amount outstanding to our primary vault cash providers in the
United States and the United Kingdom under a formula based on
the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR.
We have entered into a number of interest rate swaps to fix the
rate of interest we pay on $300.0 million of our current
and anticipated outstanding domestic vault cash balances through
December 31, 2008, $200.0 million through
December 31, 2009, and $100.0 million through
December 31, 2010. We have not currently entered into any
derivative financial instruments to hedge our variable interest
rate exposure in the
55
United Kingdom. The effect of the domestic swaps mentioned above
was to fix the interest rate paid on the following notional
amounts for the periods identified (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional |
|
|
|
Weighted Average | |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
Fixed Rate | |
|
Period | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
$200,000
|
|
|
|
|
3.19 |
% |
|
|
Through September 30, 2005 |
|
$300,000
|
|
|
|
|
3.57 |
% |
|
|
October 1, 2005 December 31, 2005 |
|
$300,000
|
|
|
|
|
3.63 |
% |
|
|
January 1, 2006 December 31, 2006 |
|
$300,000
|
|
|
|
|
3.86 |
% |
|
|
January 1, 2007 December 31, 2007 |
|
$300,000
|
|
|
|
|
4.35 |
% |
|
|
January 1, 2008 December 31, 2008 |
|
$200,000
|
|
|
|
|
4.36 |
% |
|
|
January 1, 2009 December 31, 2009 |
|
$100,000
|
|
|
|
|
4.34 |
% |
|
|
January 1, 2010 December 31, 2010 |
|
Net amounts paid or received under such swaps are recorded as
adjustments to our cost of ATM revenues in the accompanying
condensed consolidated statements of operations. During the nine
months ended September 30, 2005, there were no gains or
losses recorded in the condensed consolidated statement of
operations as a result of any ineffectiveness associated with
our existing interest rate swaps.
Our existing interest rate swaps have been classified as cash
flow hedges pursuant to SFAS No. 133, Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.
Accordingly, changes in the fair values of such swaps have been
reported in accumulated other comprehensive income in the
accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet. As of
September 30, 2005, the accumulated unrealized gain on such
swaps totaled approximately $4.0 million, net of tax.
Based on the $389.4 million in vault cash outstanding in
the United States as of September 30, 2005, and assuming no
benefits from the existing interest rate hedges that are
currently in place, for every interest rate increase of
100 basis points, we would incur an additional
$3.9 million of vault cash rental expense on an annualized
basis. Factoring in the $300.0 million in interest rate
swaps discussed above, for every interest rate increase of
100 basis points, we would incur an additional
$0.9 million of vault cash rental expense on an annualized
basis. Based on the $45.3 million in vault cash outstanding
in the United Kingdom as of September 30, 2005, for every
interest rate increase of 100 basis points, we would incur
an additional $0.5 million of vault cash rental expense on
an annualized basis.
In addition to the above, we are exposed to variable interest
rate risk on borrowings under our domestic revolving credit
facility. Based on the $41.8 million in floating rate debt
outstanding under such facility as of September 30, 2005,
for every interest rate increase of 100 basis points, we
would incur an additional $0.4 million of interest expense.
Recent upward pressure on short-term interest rates in the
United States has resulted in slight increases in our interest
expense under our bank credit facilities and our vault cash
rental expense. Although we currently hedge a substantial
portion of our vault cash interest rate risk over the next five
years, as noted above, we may not be able to enter into similar
arrangements for similar amounts in the future. Any significant
increase in interest rates in the future could have an adverse
impact on our business, financial condition and results of
operations by increasing our operating costs and expenses.
We intend to continue to review economic and market conditions
on a regular basis and may enter into additional interest rate
swap agreements from time to time.
|
|
|
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk |
Due to our recent acquisition of Bank Machine, we are exposed to
market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates,
specifically with changes in the U.S. Dollar relative to
the British Pound. Our United Kingdom subsidiaries are
consolidated into our financial results and are subject to risks
typical of an international business including, but not limited
to, differing economic conditions, changes in political climate,
differing tax structures, other regulations and restrictions,
and foreign exchange rate volatility. Furthermore, we are
required to translate Bank Machines financial condition
and results of operations from British Pounds into
U.S. Dollars, with any corresponding translation gains or
losses being recorded in other
56
comprehensive income or loss in our consolidated financial
statements. As of September 30, 2005, such translation
losses totaled approximately $3.9 million.
Our future results could be materially impacted by changes in
the value of the British Pound relative to the U.S. Dollar.
At this time, we have not deemed it to be cost effective to
engage in a program of hedging the effect of foreign currency
fluctuations on our operating results using derivative financial
instruments. A sensitivity analysis indicates that, if the
U.S. dollar uniformly strengthened or weakened 10% against
the British Pound, the effect upon Bank Machines operating
income for the three months ended September 30, 2005 would
have been an unfavorable or favorable adjustment, respectively,
of approximately $0.1 million.
We do not hold derivative commodity instruments and all of our
cash and cash equivalents are held in money market and checking
funds.
New Accounting Standards
In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial
Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and
Equity, or SFAS 150. SFAS 150 requires that
mandatorily redeemable financial instruments issued in the form
of shares be classified as liabilities, and specifies certain
measurement and disclosure requirements for such instruments.
The provisions of SFAS 150 were effective at the beginning
of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003.
The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have an impact on our
financial statements.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R,
Share-Based Payment, a revision of
SFAS No. 123. SFAS 123R eliminates the intrinsic
value method of accounting for stock-based compensation, as
currently allowed under APB Opinion No. 25, and requires
companies to recognize the cost of employee services received in
exchange for awards of equity instruments based on the fair
value of such awards on their grant date (with limited
exceptions). Because we have historically utilized the minimum
value method of measuring equity share option values for pro
forma disclosure purposes under SFAS 123, we will adopt the
provisions of SFAS 123R effective January 1, 2006
using the prospective transition method. Accordingly, we will
recognize compensation expense for all new awards that are
granted and existing awards that are modified subsequent to
December 31, 2005. For those awards issued and still
outstanding prior to December 31, 2005, we will continue to
account for such awards pursuant to APB Opinion No. 25 and
its related interpretive guidance.
We estimate that the effect on net income and earnings per share
in the periods following adoption of SFAS 123R will be
consistent with the pro forma disclosures under SFAS 123,
except that estimated forfeitures will be considered in the
calculation of compensation expense under SFAS 123R.
Additionally, the actual effect on net income and earnings per
share will vary depending upon the number of options granted
subsequent to December 31, 2005, as compared to prior
years. Further, we have not yet determined the actual model that
will be used to calculate the fair value of awards under
SFAS 123R.
57
THE ATM INDUSTRY
History of the ATM Industry
The first ATMs in the United States were installed in the early
1970s and by 1980 approximately 18,500 ATMs were in use
throughout the nation. These ATMs initially were located at
financial institution branches. As of September 2005, there were
estimated to be approximately 396,000 ATMs in the United States,
the majority of which were located at non-bank locations
according to ATM&Debit News. A non-bank is a company
that is not a federal or state chartered bank, savings and loan,
credit union or other financial institution.
Early in the development of the ATM industry, regional and
national electronic authorization data networks, or EFT
networks, connected ATMs to financial institutions that were
members of a particular EFT network. Regional EFT networks in
different parts of the United States were not electronically
connected to each other. For example, customers of a bank in New
York could not travel to Los Angeles and access their cash at an
ATM because the networks serving New York and Los Angeles were
not connected. During the 1990s, many regional EFT networks
merged or entered into reciprocal processing agreements with
other networks, which helped to increase ATM usage and spur
consumer demand for ATM services.
Although ATMs were originally located only at financial
institution branches, they soon began to appear in a variety of
off-premise locations, such as convenience stores, supermarkets,
drug stores, shopping malls, hotels and airports. Deployment of
off-premise ATMs, however, was impeded by the prevailing
strategy among financial institutions not to charge their
cardholders surcharge fees for the convenience of accessing
their financial institution accounts at non-financial
institution locations. Until 1996, most EFT networks did not
allow surcharge fees for ATM transactions that were routed over
their networks. However, beginning in that year, the two largest
EFT networks, Cirrus and Plus, began to allow surcharge fees and
other networks followed. Surcharging revenue made the deployment
of off-premise ATMs economically feasible and attractive for
non-financial institutions. Following this shift, the number of
off-premise ATMs in the United States grew at a rapid pace.
A Typical ATM Transaction
A typical ATM transaction involves the withdrawal of cash from
an ATM. The cardholder presents an ATM card, issued by his or
her financial institution, at an ATM that may or may not be
owned by the same financial institution. The cardholder then
enters a personal identification number, or PIN, to verify
identity, the cardholders account is checked for adequate
funds and, if everything is satisfactory, cash is dispensed. All
of these communications are routed across one or more EFT
networks that electronically connect ATMs and financial
institutions and allow transactions to appear seamless and
nearly instantaneous.
When a cardholder withdraws cash from an ATM that is not owned
by the cardholders financial institution, there are two
charges applied. The first charge is the surcharge fee paid by
the cardholder for using the ATM. The second charge is an
interchange fee that the EFT network charges the
cardholders financial institution for routing a
transaction over its network. This fee is divided between the
EFT network routing the transaction and the ATM operator. Often,
the cardholders financial institution also charges the
cardholder a fee called a foreign fee for using an ATM not owned
by that financial institution. This charge helps the financial
institution defray the cost of the interchange fee it pays.
Developing Trends in the ATM Industry
International Opportunities. In many regions of the
world, ATMs are less common than in the U.S. We believe the
ATM industry will grow faster in international markets than in
the U.S., as the number of ATMs per capita in those markets
approaches the U.S. levels. We believe some of these
markets (such as the United Kingdom where we recently
completed our Bank Machine acquisition) may provide attractive
expansion opportunities for us.
58
The United Kingdom is the third largest ATM market in Europe,
after Germany and Spain. Until the late 1990s, most U.K. ATMs
were installed at bank and building society branches. Non-bank
operators began to deploy ATMs in the United Kingdom in December
1998 when LINK (which connects together the ATM networks of all
U.K. ATM operators) allowed them entry into its network via
arrangements between non-bank operators and U.K. financial
institutions. We believe that non-bank ATM operators have
benefited in recent years from customer demand for more
conveniently located cash machines, the emergence of internet
banking with no established point of presence and the closure of
bank branches due to consolidation. According to APACS
2005, a total of approximately 54,400 ATMs were deployed in
the United Kingdom as of December 2004, of which approximately
21,800 were operated by non-banks. This has grown from
approximately 36,700 in 2001, with less than 7,000 operated by
non-banks.
Bank and Network Branding Opportunities. Our primary
assets are our contracts with merchants that allow us to operate
ATMs in 26,000 retail locations, many of which are on prime,
high-traffic real estate. Many U.S. banks serving the
market for consumer banking services are aggressively competing
for market share, and part of their competitive strategy is to
increase their number of customer touch points and to make
themselves more convenient to their customers. We believe that a
large owned-ATM network would be a key strategic asset for a
bank, but we also believe it would be uneconomical for all but
the very largest banks to build and operate an extensive ATM
network, and even the largest banks do not operate nationwide
ATM networks. We believe that these factors, when combined,
create significant revenue and profit opportunities for us.
|
|
|
|
|
Bank branding is a scenario in which ATMs owned and operated by
us are branded, signed, and operated as if they were owned by
the branding bank, and customers of the branding bank can use
those machines without paying a surcharge. The bank pays us a
monthly per-machine fee for such branding. Although we forego
the surcharge fee on ATM transactions by the branding
banks customers, we continue to earn interchange fees on
those transactions and the monthly branding fee, and typically
enjoy an increase in surchargable transactions from users who
are not customers of the branding bank. We believe that a
branding arrangement can substantially increase the
profitability of an ATM versus operating the same machine in an
unbranded mode. |
|
|
|
Network branding is an arrangement where a banks customers
are allowed to use our nationwide ATM network on a
surcharge-free basis. Each bank pays a fee to the network, and
we in turn receive a large portion of that fee. Although we
forego surcharge revenue on those transactions, we do earn
interchange revenues in addition to network branding revenues,
and believe that many of these transactions are incremental.
Consequently, we believe that branding arrangements can enable
us to profitably operate in the significant portion of the ATM
transaction market that does not involve a surcharge. |
Bank and Other Financial Institution Outsourcing
Opportunities. Our industry experience, vendor relationships
and economy of scale advantages provide us with the opportunity
to offer outsourced ATM services to banks and other financial
institutions. Today, many banks and other financial institutions
own significant networks of ATMs that serve as extensions of
their branch networks and increase the level of service offered
to their customers. Large ATM networks, however, are costly to
operate and typically do not provide significant revenue for
banks and other financial institutions. Large banks and other
financial institutions typically incur a monthly operating
expense of approximately $1,500 per off-premise ATM. On
average, large non-bank ATM operators are able to operate
off-premise ATMs at an approximate cost of $1,000 per
month. We believe there is an opportunity for large non-bank ATM
operators with low costs and an established operating history to
contract with financial institutions to manage their ATM
networks. Such an outsourcing arrangement could reduce a
financial institutions operational costs while extending
their customer service.
59
BUSINESS
Company Overview
We operate the largest network of ATMs in the United States and
we are a leading ATM operator in the United Kingdom. As of
September 30, 2005, our network included approximately
26,400 ATMs. For the year ended December 31, 2004, and pro
forma for our E*TRADE Access and Bank Machine acquisitions, our
ATMs dispensed over $9.1 billion in cash and processed more
than 161.4 million transactions. We deploy and operate ATMs
under two distinct arrangements with our merchant partners:
company-owned and
merchant-owned. Under
company-owned arrangements, we provide the ATM and are typically
responsible for all aspects of its operation, including
procuring cash, supplies and telecommunications as well as
routine and technical maintenance. Under merchant-owned
arrangements, the merchant owns the ATM and is responsible for
providing cash and performing simple maintenance tasks, while we
provide more complex maintenance services, transaction
processing and connection to electronic funds transfer networks.
As of September 30, 2005, approximately 44% of our ATMs
were company-owned and 56% were merchant-owned. Because our
margins are significantly higher on our company-owned machines
as a result of the value of the breadth of services we provide,
our internal and acquisition growth strategy will focus on
increasing the number of company-owned ATMs in our network.
Our domestic ATM network is strengthened by contractual
relationships with leading retail merchants in a variety of
businesses. Amerada Hess, BP Amoco, Chevron, Circle K, Costco,
CVS Pharmacy, Duane Reade, ExxonMobil, Mills Malls, Sunoco,
Target and Walgreens are among our largest domestic merchants in
terms of our revenues. Alfred Jones, Co-Op, Mitchells &
Butlers, the U.K. Post Office, Tates and Tesco are among our
largest United Kingdom merchants in terms of our revenues. Our
merchant customers operate high consumer traffic locations, such
as convenience stores, supermarkets, membership warehouses, drug
stores, shopping malls and airports. Our merchant relationships
are typically governed by multi-year contracts with initial
terms of five years or more. On a pro forma basis for the year
ended December 31, 2004, we generated $278.4 million
of revenues and $2.3 million of net income.
Our revenue is recurring in nature and is primarily derived from
ATM surcharge fees paid by cardholders and interchange fees paid
by their banks and other financial institutions. We generate
additional revenue by branding our ATMs with signage from banks
and other financial institutions, resulting in added convenience
for their customers and increased usage of our ATMs. We
typically provide our merchant customers with all of the
services required to operate an ATM, which include transaction
processing, cash management, maintenance and monitoring. We
believe that we are among the low-cost providers in our industry
due primarily to our substantial network of ATMs, which provides
us significant scale advantages. Our focus on customer service,
together with our experience and scale, has contributed to
strong relationships with leading national and regional
merchants in the United States and we expect to develop the same
strong relationships in the United Kingdom.
Since May 2001, we have acquired 12 networks of ATMs,
increasing the number of ATMs we operate from approximately
4,100 to approximately 26,400 as of September 30, 2005. On
June 30, 2004, we acquired the ATM business of E*TRADE
Access, adding approximately 13,155 ATMs to our network, and on
May 17, 2005, we acquired Bank Machine, which expanded our
operations to the United Kingdom and added approximately 1,000
ATMs to our network. From 2001 to 2004, the total number of
annual transactions processed within our network increased from
approximately 19.9 million to approximately
111.6 million.
Our Market Opportunity
The ATM industry has undergone significant expansion in recent
years, largely from growth in the number of ATMs installed as
off-premise ATMs. The number of off-premise ATMs in the United
States outnumbered banking branches by nearly three to one as of
December 2004. Off-premise ATMs are found at locations such as
convenience stores, supermarkets, membership warehouses, drug
stores, shopping malls, hotels and airports. These locations
offer a convenient alternative to obtaining cash from bank
tellers or drive-through facilities. Both merchants and their
customers benefit from the presence of an ATM in a store.
60
Merchants benefit from increased consumer traffic, reduced
check-writing and credit card processing fees and merchant fees
received from us, while cardholders benefit from increased
access to their cash.
We believe significant growth opportunities exist for the
leaders in the ATM industry for the following reasons:
Continued industry growth. We expect that the
number of transactions at off-premise ATMs will continue to grow
as cardholders take advantage of the convenience and added
functionality of ATMs. Approximately 78% of all ATM transactions
are cash withdrawals, with the remainder representing other
basic banking functions, such as balance inquiries, transfers
and deposits. We believe significant opportunities exist for ATM
owners and operators to provide advanced functionality, such as
check cashing, off-premise deposits, withdrawals of cash from
payroll cards, pre-paid cell phone replenishment and bill
payment, all of which should result in increased ATM usage. We
believe that these services will be attractive to that section
of the U.S. population that does not have a bank account.
We anticipate that we will participate in this growth as our key
merchants permit us to deploy and operate ATMs in more of their
existing stores and in new store locations, and as we offer more
advanced functions at our ATMs.
Bank branding and outsourcing opportunities. We
believe that our large ATM network is attractive to banks and
other financial institutions seeking to extend their brand and
provide convenient ATM access to their customers at a lower
cost. By branding our ATMs with their logos, banks and other
financial institutions can interact with their customers more
frequently, increase brand awareness and provide their customers
increased service. A branding arrangement typically involves our
receiving a monthly branding fee and results in higher
profitability for us from the branded ATMs. In addition, while
banks and other financial institutions have historically owned
and operated most of their ATMs, some banks and other financial
institutions have outsourced certain ATM management functions in
order to simplify operations and lower costs. We believe that
increased off-premise branding and the outsourcing of ATM
management functions for banks and other financial institutions
should provide substantial opportunities for additional
long-term growth.
Surcharge-free network opportunities. We believe
that a majority of ATM transactions in the U.S. occur
without the customer paying a surcharge, indicating that our
primary surcharge-based business model addresses only a minority
of the total ATM market. We believe this creates an opportunity
for companies to become actively involved in surcharge-free ATM
networks, in which financial institutions pay ATM operators to
provide surcharge-free access to their ATM customers. This
provides ATM operators with a profitable means of addressing
that portion of customers who generally avoid paying surcharges.
Industry consolidation. The ownership and
operation of ATMs is a fragmented industry with the top ten
operators accounting for approximately 25% of ATMs in the United
States. Some ATM operators may lack the operational scale and
financial resources required to compete effectively with us and
other operators of large ATM networks for business and growth
opportunities, which may result in sales of smaller networks by
ATM operators. We believe that the existing fragmented ownership
and the potential for divestitures will provide continuing
acquisition opportunities for ATM operators with significant
economies of scale.
International opportunities. Many international
markets are beginning to experience an increase in
off-premise ATMs as
surcharging becomes more prevalent and accepted in markets
outside of the United States. We believe that significant
growth opportunities exist in selected international markets as
merchants and non-bank
ATM operators seek to capitalize on growth opportunities for
off-premise ATMs. For example, our recent acquisition of Bank
Machine has positioned us for future growth in the United
Kingdom, where
off-premise ATMs have
accounted for approximately 75% of the total ATM growth since
2000.
61
Our Strengths
Leading market position. We operate the largest
network of ATMs in the United States, and we are a leading ATM
operator in the United Kingdom. As of September 30, 2005,
our network included approximately 26,000 ATMs, approximately
11,700 of which were company-owned. The following table sets
forth our leading position in the U.S. ATM market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rank | |
|
U.S. ATM Network |
|
ATMs | |
|
% of Total | |
| |
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
1 |
|
|
Cardtronics |
|
|
25,346 |
|
|
|
6.4% |
|
|
2 |
|
|
Bank of America |
|
|
16,714 |
|
|
|
4.2% |
|
|
3 |
|
|
TRM |
|
|
15,348 |
|
|
|
3.9% |
|
|
4 |
|
|
NetBank |
|
|
8,445 |
|
|
|
2.1% |
|
|
5 |
|
|
JPMorgan Chase |
|
|
7,136 |
|
|
|
1.8% |
|
|
6 |
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
6,363 |
|
|
|
1.6% |
|
|
7 |
|
|
International Merchant Services |
|
|
5,900 |
|
|
|
1.5% |
|
|
8 |
|
|
7-Eleven Stores |
|
|
5,341 |
|
|
|
1.3% |
|
|
9 |
|
|
Wachovia |
|
|
5,100 |
|
|
|
1.3% |
|
|
10 |
|
|
U.S. Bancorp |
|
|
4,999 |
|
|
|
1.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Top 10) |
|
|
100,692 |
|
|
|
25.4% |
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Market |
|
|
396,000 |
|
|
|
100.0% |
|
Source: ATM&Debit News, public filings and company
websites, as of September 2005
Nationwide network of leading retail merchants under
multi-year contracts. Our focus on customer service,
together with our experience and size, has enabled us to develop
and expand relationships with national and regional merchants,
such as Amerada Hess, BP Amoco, Chevron, Circle K, Costco, CVS
Pharmacy, Duane Reade, ExxonMobil, Mills Malls, Sunoco, Target
and Walgreens, among others. Through our Bank Machine
acquisition, we have recently established relationships in the
United Kingdom with Alfred Jones, Co-Op, Mitchells &
Butlers, the U.K. Post Office, Tates and Tesco, among others.
These merchants typically operate high traffic locations, which
we have found to result in increased ATM activity and
profitability. In addition, these relationships can provide
opportunities to deploy additional ATMs in new locations. No
single customer accounted for more than 6% of our total pro
forma revenues for both the year ended December 31, 2004
and the nine months ended September 30, 2005, with our ten
largest merchant customers cumulatively representing less than
25% of our total pro forma revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2004. We believe our merchant customers value
our high level of service, our 24 hour per day
accessibility and our average 99% up time availability in
the U.S. Due to these and other factors, we have not
renewed only two of our 50 most significant merchant contracts
over the last four years.
Recurring and stable revenue and operating cash
flow. We generally operate our large base of ATMs under
multi-year contracts that provide us with a recurring and stable
source of transaction-based revenue and typically have an
initial term of five to seven years. As of September 30,
2005, our top 10 merchants had an average of approximately
3.9 years remaining on their contracts. Our recurring
revenue base, relatively low and predictable maintenance capital
expenditure requirements and minimal working capital
requirements allow us to maintain predictable and consistent
operating cash flows. On a pro forma basis, these sources of
revenue accounted for approximately 96% of our total revenues
for both the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and the
year ended December 31, 2004.
Low-cost provider. We believe the size of our
network combined with our operating infrastructure allows us to
be among the low-cost providers in our industry. In addition, we
believe our operating costs per ATM are approximately half of
the operating costs incurred by bank ATM operators. We outsource
some functions, such as
on-site maintenance and
cash management, and can take advantage of our size and market
position to obtain favorable pricing from our service vendors
and for the purchase of new ATMs. We believe our success to date
is largely attributable to our exclusive focus on the ATM
industry and our ability to provide reliable customer service in
a cost-effective manner.
Experienced and committed management team. We have
a strong senior management team with a combined average of over
20 years of financial services and payment
processing-related experience. Our
62
senior management team has developed extensive relationships and
a leadership position in the industry, including directorships
on several industry association boards. We believe this
leadership role helps us to attract new merchant customers and
provides us with increased acquisition and bank branding
opportunities. Our management team owns approximately 21% of our
outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis.
Disciplined acquisition and integration
performance. Since May 2001, we have acquired
12 networks of ATMs, increasing the number of ATMs we
operate from approximately 4,100 to approximately 26,400.
Because we do not typically assume significant numbers of
employees, nor import new operating systems in connection with
our acquisitions, we believe our acquisition growth is lower
risk than acquisition growth involving more substantial
integration concerns. We believe our acquisition risk is also
reduced because the financial performance of ATMs we acquire is
relatively predictable given our access to third-party data on
the transaction history and revenues of the ATMs we acquire.
Predictability is also enhanced by the well understood nature of
our operating costs per machine and per transaction. In
addition, we have often significantly improved the operating
cash flow of our acquired networks of ATMs and achieved high
returns on capital in such transactions.
Our Strategy
Our strategy is to enhance our position as the leading owner and
operator of ATMs in the United States and to expand our network
further into select foreign markets. In order to execute this
strategy we will endeavor to:
Increase penetration and ATM count with leading
merchants. We have two principal opportunities to
increase the number of ATM sites with our existing merchants:
first, by deploying ATMs in our merchants existing
locations that currently do not have, but where traffic volumes
justify installing, an ATM and second, as our merchants open new
locations, by installing ATMs in those locations. From the
beginning of 2001 through 2004, we increased the number of ATMs
operated by us in the United States through internal growth by
approximately 2,350. We believe our expertise, national
footprint, strong record of customer service with leading
merchants and our significant scale position us to successfully
market to, and enter into long-term contracts with, other
leading national and regional merchants.
Capitalize on bank branding and outsourcing
opportunities. We believe we are strongly positioned to
work with financial institutions to fulfill their ATM
requirements. Our ATM services offered to financial institutions
include branding our ATMs with their logos, managing their
off-premise ATM networks on an outsourced basis or buying their
off-premise networks in combination with branding arrangements.
We recently added JPMorgan Chases brand and signage to our
ATMs located in approximately 250 Duane Reade drug stores in New
York City. For operating these machines, we receive a monthly
branding fee from Chase and, in return, we provide
surcharge-free transactions to Chase cardholders at these ATMs
while continuing to receive a surcharge from non-Chase
cardholders. As of September 30, 2005, we had bank branding
arrangements for approximately 950 of our ATMs.
Capitalize on surcharge-free network
opportunities. We plan to continue to pursue
opportunities to create or participate in surcharge-free
networks, where financial institutions pay us to allow
surcharge-free access to our ATM network. We believe these
arrangements will enable us to increase transaction counts and
profitability on our existing machines.
Pursue selected acquisition opportunities. We plan
to continue to pursue selected acquisitions that complement our
existing ATM network using our proven, disciplined acquisition
and integration methodology. Determination of attractive
acquisition targets is based on many factors, including existing
merchant contract terms, potential operating efficiencies and
cost savings, the quality of associated merchant relationships
and our anticipated return on investment. We believe that
significant expansion opportunities continue to exist in the
United Kingdom and other international markets, and we are
actively considering several such opportunities at the present
time.
Explore new geographic markets. In conjunction
with our entry into the United Kingdom ATM market, we plan to
take advantage of opportunities to reach under-penetrated
markets worldwide where we
63
can leverage the significant economies of scale, operating
expertise and superior customer service capabilities we have
developed domestically.
Recent Transactions
Bank Machine Acquisition. On May 17, 2005, we
acquired the ATM business of Bank Machine Limited, an
independent operator of ATMs in the United Kingdom, for
approximately $92.0 million in cash and 35,221 shares
of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock valued by us at
approximately $3.0 million. Through this transaction, we
acquired approximately 1,000 ATMs and related site agreements,
of which approximately 850 are company-owned and 150 are
merchant-owned ATMs. On average, these ATMs process twice the
number of surcharge-bearing transactions and have approximately
40% higher revenue per surcharge-bearing transaction than our
domestic ATMs. This acquisition also allowed us to expand our
business to the United Kingdom and positions us for further
expansion to other European markets.
E*TRADE Access Acquisition. On June 30, 2004,
we acquired the ATM business of E*TRADE Access, Inc., an
indirect wholly owned subsidiary of E*TRADE Financial Corp., for
approximately $106.9 million in cash. Through this
transaction we acquired 13,155 ATMs and related placement
agreements, of which approximately 2,450 were company-owned and
10,705 were merchant-owned. As a result of this acquisition, we
increased the number of ATM machines that we own or manage from
approximately 12,000 to over 25,000 ATMs. This acquisition also
allowed us to expand our relationships with national merchants,
including Albertsons, Chevron, CVS Pharmacy and Target, through
the placement agreements that we acquired.
Other Acquisitions. On March 1, 2005, we
acquired a portfolio of approximately 475 ATMs and related
contracts located in independent grocery stores in and around
the New York metropolitan area for approximately
$8.2 million in cash. On April 21, 2005, we acquired a
portfolio of approximately 330 ATMs and related contracts, at BP
Amoco locations throughout the Midwest, for approximately
$9.0 million in cash. Such acquisitions were funded with
cash on hand and borrowings under our bank credit facilities.
Substantially all of the ATMs acquired in these transactions are
company-owned.
On December 21, 2005, we acquired all of the outstanding
shares of ATM National, Inc., the owner and operator of a
nationwide surcharge-free ATM alliance. The consideration for
such acquisition totaled $4.4 million, and was comprised of
$2.6 million in cash and 21,111 shares of our common
stock. Additionally, we agreed to assume approximately
$1.3 million in liabilities associated with such
acquisition. Furthermore, the merger agreement allows for the
issuance of up to 10,000 additional shares of our common stock
within 105 days of the closing date based on the occurrence
of certain events.
Preferred Stock Offering. On February 10,
2005, we issued 894,568 shares of our Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock to investment funds controlled by TA
Associates, Inc. for gross proceeds of $75.0 million,
representing a 30.6% equity interest on a fully diluted basis as
of such date. The net proceeds of this offering were used to
redeem all of the outstanding shares of our Series A
Preferred Stock and to repurchase approximately 24% of our
outstanding shares of common stock and vested options to
purchase our common stock. In connection with that offering, we
also appointed two designees of TA Associates, Inc. to our board
of directors.
Amended and Restated Credit Facilities and Senior
Subordinated Notes Offering. On May 17, 2005,
in connection with our Bank Machine acquisition, we amended and
restated our bank credit facilities with BNP Paribas and Bank of
America, N.A. We used borrowings from these secured facilities
to finance our Bank Machine acquisition and repay amounts under
our prior facilities. Our bank credit facilities, as amended and
restated, consisted of a revolving credit facility of up to
$100.0 million, a first lien term facility of up to
$125.0 million and a second lien term facility of up to
$75.0 million. Substantially all of our domestic assets and
65% of the capital stock of our United Kingdom subsidiaries are
pledged to secure borrowings under our bank credit facilities.
Furthermore, each of our domestic subsidiaries has guaranteed
our obligations under the bank credit facilities.
64
On August 12, 2005, we sold $200.0 million in senior
subordinated notes pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities
Act of 1933, and utilized the net proceeds from such offering,
along with approximately $7.1 million in borrowings under
our new revolving credit facility, to repay all of the
outstanding borrowings under our recently executed first and
second lien term loan facilities, including all accrued and
unpaid interested related thereto. Additionally, the revolving
credit facility was increased to a maximum borrowing capacity of
$150.0 million immediately following this transaction.
However, such capacity is limited in practice by certain
financial covenants contained in the facility. As of
September 30, 2005, we had approximately $41.8 million
outstanding under the facility, and the ability to borrow an
additional $37.1 million based on the covenants contained
in such facility. Any amounts drawn under such facility are not
due until the facilitys maturity date in May 2010.
Our Products and Services
We typically provide our leading merchant customers with all of
the services required to operate an ATM, which include
transaction processing, cash management, maintenance and
monitoring. In connection with the operations of our or our
customers ATMs, we generate revenue on a per-transaction
basis from the surcharge fees charged to cardholders for the
convenience of using ATMs and from interchange fees charged to
such cardholders financial institutions for processing the
ATM transactions. We also take advantage of the preferential
pricing we receive from NCR due to our Master VAR status and
resell equipment to smaller equipment resellers and others.
During 2004, we processed approximately 82.1 million
surcharge-bearing ATM transactions, and we received interchange
fees in connection with approximately 111.6 million
transactions, which results do not give effect to the
23.2 million surcharge-bearing transactions and the
31.5 million transactions that generated interchange fees
attributable to the E*TRADE Access ATM business for the first
six months of 2004. During 2004, the Bank Machine business
processed approximately 8.9 million surcharge-bearing ATM
transactions, and received interchange fees in connection with
approximately 9.4 million transactions.
The following table provides detail relating to the number of
ATMs we owned and operated on a pro forma basis under our
various arrangements as of September 30, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company-Owned | |
|
Merchant-Owned | |
|
|
|
|
ATMs | |
|
ATMs | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Number of ATMs
|
|
|
11,728 |
|
|
|
14,689 |
|
|
|
26,417 |
|
Percent of total ATMs
|
|
|
44 |
% |
|
|
56 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
Average monthly surcharge transactions per ATM
|
|
|
476 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
353 |
|
Recently, we have entered into arrangements with financial
institutions and others to brand certain of our company-owned
ATMs. A branding arrangement allows a bank to expand its
geographic presence for a fraction of the cost of building a
branch location, and typically for less than the cost of placing
one of its own ATMs at that location, allowing a bank to rapidly
increase its number of branded ATM sites and, defensively,
prevent other financial institutions from entering into these
locations. Under these arrangements, the branding banks
customers are typically allowed to use the branded ATM without
paying a surcharge fee to us. In return, we receive monthly fees
on a per-ATM basis from the branding bank, while retaining our
standard fee schedule for other cardholders using the branded
ATM. In addition, we typically receive increased interchange
revenue as a result of increased usage of our ATMs by the
branding banks customers. We intend to pursue additional
opportunities to enter into bank branding arrangements as part
of our growth strategy. We currently have branding arrangements
in place with seven domestic financial institutions involving
950 ATMs. Another branding arrangement is our participation in a
nationwide surcharge-free ATM alliance. Cardholders of the
financial institutions that are members of the alliance can use
our ATMs free of surcharges in exchange for a payment of a fixed
monthly fee per cardholder included in the alliance. We acquired
all of the outstanding shares of ATM National, Inc., the owner
and operator of this alliance, in December 2005. Finally, we
have also allowed EFT networks to place signage on our ATMs for
which we receive a fixed fee per ATM.
65
We have found that the primary factor affecting transaction
volume at a given ATM is its location. Our strategy in deploying
our ATMs, particularly those placed under company-owned
arrangements, is to identify and deploy ATMs at locations that
provide high visibility and high transaction volume. Our
experience has demonstrated that the following locations often
meet these criteria: convenience stores and combination
convenience stores and gas stations, grocery stores, airports
and major regional and national retail outlets. We have entered
into multi-year agreements with a number of merchants with these
types of locations, including A&P, Albertsons, Amerada Hess,
Chevron, Circle K, Costco, CVS Pharmacy, Duane Reade,
ExxonMobil, Giant, Kroger, R.H. Macy and Company, Inc.
(Macys), Mills Malls, Rite Aid, Sears, Roebuck &
Co. (Sears), Sunoco, Target and Walgreens in the United States,
and Alfred Jones, Co-Op, Mitchells & Butlers, the U.K.
Post Office, Tates and Tesco in the United Kingdom. We believe
that once a cardholder establishes a pattern of using a
particular ATM, the cardholder will generally continue to use
that ATM.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing team focuses on developing new
relationships with national and regional merchants and on
building and maintaining relationships with our existing
merchants. The team is organized into groups that specialize in
marketing to specific merchant industry segments, which allows
us to tailor our offering to the specific requirements of each
merchant customer. Our sales and marketing team is composed of
16 employees, who receive a combination of incentive-based
compensation and a base salary.
In addition to targeting new business opportunities, our sales
and marketing team supports our acquisition initiatives by
building and maintaining relationships with newly acquired
merchants. We seek to identify growth opportunities within each
merchant account by analyzing the merchants sales at each
of its locations, foot traffic and various demographic data to
determine the best opportunities for new ATM placements. We also
pursue branding and outsourcing opportunities with financial
institutions to manage and operate their ATM networks.
Primary Vendor Relationships
To maintain an efficient and flexible operating structure, we
outsource certain aspects of our operations, including
transaction processing, cash management and maintenance. Due to
the number of ATMs we operate, we believe we have obtained
favorable pricing terms from most of our major vendors. We
contract for the provision of the services described below in
connection with our operations.
Transaction processing. We contract with and pay fees to
third parties who process transactions originating from our
ATMs. These processors communicate with the cardholders
financial institution through an EFT network to obtain
transaction authorization and settle transactions. These
transaction processors include Star Systems, Fiserv and Genpass
in the United States and LINK in the United Kingdom, with a
majority of transactions being handled by Star Systems under a
newly extended agreement that runs until August 31, 2007
and features pricing that provides discounts for higher
transaction volumes.
EFT network services. Our transactions are routed over
various EFT networks, such as Star, Pulse, NYCE, Cirrus and Plus
in the United States and LINK in the United Kingdom, to obtain
authorization for a cash disbursement and provide account
balances. EFT networks set the interchange fees that they charge
to the financial institutions, as well as the amount paid to us.
We attempt to maximize the utility of our ATMs to cardholders by
participating in as many EFT networks as practical.
ATM equipment. We purchase substantially all of our ATMs
from national manufacturers, including NCR, Diebold, Tidel
Technologies Inc., Triton Systems, Inc. and Wincor/ Nixdorf. The
large quantity of ATMs that we purchase from these manufacturers
enables us to receive favorable pricing and payment terms. In
addition, we maintain close working relationships with these
manufacturers in the course of our business, allowing us to stay
informed regarding product updates and to minimize technical
problems with purchased equipment. Under our company-owned
arrangements, we deploy high quality, multi-function ATMs,
typically purchased from NCR, Diebold and Wincor/ Nixdorf. Under
our merchant-owned arrangements, we deploy ATMs that are
cost-effective and appropriate for the merchant. These are
purchased from a variety of ATM vendors. Although we currently
purchase a substantial majority of our ATMs from NCR, we believe
our
66
relationships with our other ATM suppliers are good and that we
would be able to purchase the ATMs we require for our
company-owned operations from other ATM manufacturers if we were
no longer able to purchase ATMs from NCR.
ATM maintenance. In the United States, we typically
contract with third-party service providers for the provision of
on-site maintenance
services. We have multi-year maintenance agreements with
Diebold, NCR and EFMARK in the United States. In the United
Kingdom, maintenance services are provided by in-house
technicians.
Cash management. We obtain cash to fill our
company-owned, and in some cases merchant-owned, ATMs under
arrangements with our cash providers, Bank of America, N.A. and
Palm Desert National Bank in the United States and ALCB and the
U.K. Post Office in the United Kingdom. We pay a LIBOR based fee
on the daily outstanding cash balances. As of September 30,
2005, we had $389.4 million in cash in our domestic ATMs
under these arrangements, with over 98% of this cash provided by
Bank of America, N.A. under a newly extended vault cash
agreement that runs until August 2, 2007. In the United
Kingdom, the balance of cash held in our ATMs at
September 30, 2005, was approximately $45.3 million,
over 80% of which was supplied by ALCB.
Bank of America also contracts with third parties to provide us
with cash management services, which include reporting, armored
courier coordination, cash ordering, cash insurance,
reconciliation of ATM cash balances, ATM cash level monitoring
and claims processing with armored couriers, financial
institutions and processors.
Cash replenishment. We contract with armored courier
services to transport and transfer cash to our ATMs. We use
leading armored couriers such as Brinks Incorporated,
Loomis, Fargo & Co., EFMARK, Premium Armored Services,
Inc. and Bantek West, Inc. in the United States and Brinks
and Securicor in the United Kingdom. Under these arrangements,
the armored couriers pick up the cash in bulk and, using
instructions received from our cash providers, prepare the cash
for delivery to each ATM on the designated fill day. Following a
predetermined schedule, the armored couriers visit each location
on the designated fill day, load cash into each ATM by either
adding additional cash into a cassette, or by swapping out the
remaining cash for a new fully loaded cassette, and then balance
the machine and provide cash reporting to the applicable cash
provider.
Technology
Our technology and operations platform consists of ATM
equipment, ATM and internal network infrastructure, cash
management and customer service. This platform is designed to
provide our merchant customers with what we believe is a high
quality suite of services.
ATM equipment. We use ATMs from national manufacturers,
including NCR, Diebold, Tidel Technologies and Triton Systems.
The wide range of advanced technology available from these ATM
manufacturers provides our merchant customers with advanced
features and reliability through sophisticated diagnostics and
self-testing routines. The different machine types can perform
basic functions, such as dispensing cash and displaying account
information. Some of our ATMs are modular and upgradeable so
they can be adapted to provide additional services in response
to changing technology and consumer demand. For example, a
portion of our ATMs can be upgraded to accept deposits through
the installation of additional hardware and software components.
We operate three basic types of ATMs in the United Kingdom:
(1) convenience, which are internal to a
merchants premises, (2) through the wall,
which are external to a merchants premises, and
(3) pods, a free-standing kiosk style ATM, also
located external to a merchants premises. The ATMs are
principally manufactured by NCR.
Transaction processing. We place significant emphasis on
providing quality service with a high level of security and
minimal interruption. We have carefully selected support vendors
to optimize the performance of our ATM network. In addition, our
transaction processors provide sophisticated security analysis
and monitoring 24 hours a day.
67
Internal systems. Our internal systems include multiple
layers of security to help protect them from unauthorized
access. Protection from external sources is provided by the use
of hardware and software-based security features that isolate
our sensitive systems. We also use the most effective
commercially available encryption technology to protect
communications. On our internal network, we employ user
authentication and anti-virus tools at multiple levels. These
systems are protected by detailed security rules to limit access
to all critical systems and, to our knowledge, our security
systems have never been breached. Our systems components are
directly accessible by a limited number of employees on a need-
only basis. Our gateway connections to our EFT network service
providers provide us with real-time access to transaction
details, such as cardholder verification, authorization and
funds transfer. We have installed these communications circuits
with backup connectivity to help protect us from
telecommunications problems in any particular circuit.
We use custom software that continuously monitors the
performance of the ATMs in our network, including details of
transactions at each ATM and expenses relating to that ATM,
including fees payable to the merchant. This software permits us
to generate detailed financial information for each ATM
location, allowing us to monitor each locations
profitability. We analyze transaction volume and profitability
data to determine whether to continue operating at a given site,
how to price various operating arrangements with merchants and
branding arrangements, and to create a profile of successful ATM
locations so as to assist us in deciding the best locations for
additional ATM deployments.
Cash management. We have our own internal cash management
department that utilizes data generated by our cash providers,
internally generated data and a proprietary methodology to
confirm daily orders, audit delivery of cash to armored couriers
and ATMs, monitor cash balances for cash shortages, coordinate
and manage emergency cash orders and audit costs from both
armored couriers and cash providers.
Our cash management department uses proprietary analytical
models to determine the necessary fill frequency and load amount
for each ATM. Based on location, day of the week, upcoming
holidays and events and other factors, we project cash
requirements for each ATM on a daily basis. After receiving a
cash order from us, the cash provider transfers the requested
amount of cash to a bank near the ATM where the designated
armored courier can access the cash and subsequently transport
it to the ATM.
Customer service. We believe one of the factors that
differentiates us from our competitors is our customer service
responsiveness and proactive approach to managing any ATM
downtime. We use proprietary software that continuously monitors
the performance of our ATMs for service interruptions and
notifies our maintenance vendors for prompt dispatch of
necessary service calls.
We also offer our merchant customers customized ATM activity
reporting that includes daily, weekly or monthly transaction and
uptime reporting. Our standard reporting to our merchants
includes summary transaction reports that are made available in
the first week of every month. In addition, in the U.S. we
have developed an interactive website that allows our merchant
customers to access real-time information.
We maintain a proprietary database of transactions made on and
performance metrics for all of our ATM locations. This data is
aggregated into individual merchant customer profiles that are
readily accessible by our customer service representatives and
managers. We believe our proprietary database enables us to
provide superior quality and accessible and reliable customer
support.
Merchant Customers
In the United States, we have contracts with approximately 50
major national and regional merchants, including convenience
stores, supermarkets, drug stores and other high traffic retail
chains, and approximately 15,000 independent merchants. Most of
our merchant customers are non-exclusive partners with us. In
addition, we have not renewed only two of our 50 most
significant merchant contracts over the last four years. For the
year ended December 31, 2004 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2005, both on an actual and pro forma basis,
no single merchant customer accounted for 10% or more of our
total revenues.
68
The terms of our merchant contracts vary as a result of
negotiations at the time of execution. In the case of
company-owned arrangements, which are typically employed with
our major national and regional merchants, the contact terms
vary, but typically include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
an initial term of five to seven years; |
|
|
|
ATM exclusivity at locations where we install an ATM; |
|
|
|
protection for us against underperforming locations by
permitting us to increase the surcharge fee or remove ATMs; |
|
|
|
in the United States, provisions permitting us to terminate or
remove ATMs or renegotiate the fees paid to the merchant if
surcharge fees are generally reduced or eliminated by
law; and |
|
|
|
provisions making the merchants fee dependent on the
number of ATM transactions. |
Our contracts under merchant-owned arrangements typically
include similar terms, as well as the following additional terms:
|
|
|
|
|
in the United States, provisions prohibiting in-store check
cashing by the merchant and, in the United States and
United Kingdom, the operation of any other cash-back devices; |
|
|
|
provisions imposing an obligation on the merchant to operate the
ATM at any time his or her store is open to the public; and |
|
|
|
provisions, when possible, that require a merchant to have a
purchaser of the merchants store assume our contract. |
Seasonality
Our overall business is somewhat seasonal in nature with
generally fewer transactions occurring in the first quarter. We
typically experience increased transaction levels during the
holiday buying season at our ATMs located in shopping malls and
lower volumes in the months following the holiday season.
Similarly, we have seen increases in transaction volumes in the
spring at our ATMs located near popular spring-break
destinations. Conversely, transaction volumes at our ATMs
located in regions affected by strong winter weather patterns
typically decline as a result of decreases in the amount of
consumer traffic through the locations in which we operate our
ATMs. These declines, however, have been offset somewhat by
increases in the number of our ATMs located in shopping malls
and other retail locations that benefit from increased consumer
traffic during the holiday buying season. We expect these
location-specific and regional fluctuations in transaction
volumes to continue in the future.
In the United Kingdom, seasonality in transaction patterns tends
to be similar to the seasonal patterns in the general retail
market. Generally, the highest transaction volumes occur on
weekend days and, thus, monthly transaction volumes will
fluctuate based on the number of weekends in a given month.
However, we, like other independent ATM operators, experience a
drop in the number of transactions we process during the
Christmas season due to consumers greater tendency to shop
in the vicinity of free ATMs and our closure of some of our ATM
sites over the Christmas break. We expect these
location-specific and regional fluctuations in transaction
volumes to continue in the future.
Competition
We compete with financial institutions and other independent ATM
companies for additional ATM placements, new merchant accounts
and acquisitions. Several of our competitors are larger, more
established and have greater financial and other resources than
us. For example, our major domestic competitors include banks
such as Bank of America, US Bancorp and PNC Corp., as well
as non-banks such as TRM. In the United Kingdom, we compete with
several large non-bank ATM operators, including Moneybox,
Cardpoint, TRM, Scott Tod and Hanco, as well as banks such as
the Royal Bank of Scotland and Lloyds, among others. However,
many of our competitors do not have a singular focus on ATM
management, and we believe this
69
focus gives us a significant competitive advantage. In addition,
we believe the scale of our extensive ATM network and our focus
on customer service also provide significant competitive
advantages.
U.S. Government and Industry Regulation
Our principal business, ATM network ownership and operation, is
not subject to significant government regulation. However,
various aspects of our business are subject to state regulation.
Our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could
result in restrictions on our ability to provide our products
and services in such states, as well as the imposition of civil
fines.
Americans with Disabilities Act. The ADA currently
prescribes provisions that ATMs be made accessible to and
independently usable by persons with vision impairments. The
Department of Justice may adopt new accessibility guidelines
under the ADA that will include provisions addressing ATMs and
how to make them more accessible to the disabled. Under the
proposed guidelines that have been published for comment, but
not yet adopted, ATM height and reach requirements would be
shortened, keypads would be required to be laid out in the
manner of telephone keypads, and ATMs would be required to
possess speech capabilities, among other modifications. If
adopted, these new guidelines would affect the manufacture of
ATM equipment going forward, and could require us to retrofit
ATMs in our network as those ATMs are refurbished or updated for
other purposes. We are committed to ensuring that all of our
ATMs comply with all applicable ADA laws. Therefore, we have
been developing plans which would bring all of our ATMs into
compliance with the new guidelines within the allocated time
period. In connection with our E*TRADE Access acquisition, we
assumed obligations related to litigation instituted by the
National Foundation for the Blind relating to these matters. See
Legal Proceedings. It is possible that through
either a settlement or judgment entered in this lawsuit, our
obligations to implement the new accessibility guidelines may be
accelerated, but we do not believe such acceleration will result
in significant additional costs over our current ADA upgrade
effort.
EPP and Triple DES. Data encryption makes ATMs more
tamper-resistant. Two of the more recently developed advanced
data encryption methods are commonly referred to as EPP and
Triple DES. We have adopted a policy that any new ATMs that we
acquire from a manufacturer must be EPP and Triple DES
compliant. We have budgeted $10.5 million to accomplish
this encryption upgrade all of our ATMs by the end of 2007. We
believe this time frame will be acceptable to the major
processing networks. However, if we must accelerate our upgrade
schedule, we would also be required to significantly accelerate
our capital expenditures with respect to these upgrades.
Surcharge regulation. The imposition of surcharges is not
currently subject to federal regulation. There have been,
however, various state and local efforts to ban or limit
surcharges, generally as a result of activities of consumer
advocacy groups that believe that surcharges are unfair to
cardholders. Generally, United States federal courts have ruled
against these efforts. We are not aware of any existing
surcharging bans or limits applicable to us in any of the
jurisdictions in which we currently do business. Nevertheless,
there can be no assurance that surcharges will not be banned or
limited in the cities and states where we operate. Such a ban or
limit would have a material adverse effect on us and other ATM
operators.
EFT network regulations. EFT regional networks have
adopted extensive regulations that are applicable to various
aspects of our operations and the operations of other ATM
network operators. The Electronic Fund Transfer Act,
commonly known as Regulation E, is the major source of EFT
network regulations. The regulations promulgated under
Regulation E establish the basic rights, liabilities, and
responsibilities of consumers who use electronic fund transfer
services and of financial institutions that offer these
services. The services covered include, among other services,
ATM transactions. Generally, Regulation E requires us to
provide notice of the fee to be charged the consumer, establish
limits on the consumers liability for unauthorized use of
his card, provide receipts to the consumer, and establish
protest procedures for the consumer. We believe that we are in
material compliance with these regulations and, if any
deficiencies were discovered, that we would be able to correct
them before they had a material adverse impact on our business.
70
U.K. Government and Industry Regulation
Surcharge regulation. In the United Kingdom, the Treasury
Select Committee of the House of Commons recently heard evidence
from interested parties with respect to surcharges in the ATM
industry. This committee was formed to investigate public
concerns regarding the ATM industry. We understand that the
areas of focus included adequacy of disclosure to ATM customers
regarding surcharges, whether ATM providers should be required
to provide free services in low-income areas and whether to
limit the level of surcharges. The Committee recommended to
Parliament that ATMs should be subject to the Banking Code,
which is a voluntary code of practice adopted by all financial
institutions in the United Kingdom. The U.K. government has yet
to signal its acceptance of the Committees report. There
is no certainty the report will be accepted. Should the report
be accepted, the main impact of the Banking Code will be that
ATM operators will be required to provide 30 days
notice to the public prior to converting a surcharge-free ATM to
one which charges surcharges. In practice, this notice will be
achieved through the posting of signage beside the ATM for the
30 days prior to the change.
EFT network regulations. The LINK network rules require
that ATM machines display an on-screen message notifying the
cardholder of applicable fees before a transaction is completed,
thus allowing the customer to cancel the transaction without
incurring a charge. In addition, effective July 1, 2005, a
new Link network rule went into effect requiring ATMs to carry a
screen message that notifies potential users prior to card
insertion that they will be charged for Link cash withdrawals.
From that same date, it became a requirement under Link network
rules that a sign, carrying the same message and with lettering
of a 14 point minimum size, be located in clear view adjacent to
the ATM screen.
Legal Proceedings
In connection with our E*TRADE Access acquisition, we assumed
responsibility for the outcome of a lawsuit instituted in
Massachusetts Federal District Court (the Court) by
the National Foundation for the Blind and the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts. In this lawsuit, the plaintiffs initially sought
to require us to make all of the ATMs in our network
voice-enabled, or capable of providing audible
instructions to a visually-impaired person upon that person
inserting a headset key into an outlet at the ATM. In response
to a motion filed by us, on February 22, 2005, the Court
ruled that the plaintiffs were not entitled to this relief.
Following the Courts order, the plaintiffs filed an
amended petition stating that we have failed to make ATM banking
services fully accessible and independently usable by
individuals who are blind. We believe that by failing to
precisely define what reasonable accommodation the plaintiffs
wish to have us implement, the plaintiffs amended petition
is fatally defective. We have filed a motion for summary
judgment on this point requesting the Court to dismiss the case.
Likewise the plaintiffs have filed a motion for summary
judgment requesting the Court to issue an injunction requiring
us to make our ATMs independently usable by the visually
impaired. The Court has conducted an oral hearing on these
motions and a ruling is expected at any time.
Pursuant to the ATM management agreement that we assumed in
connection with the acquisition of the Winn-Dixie portfolio in
2003, Winn-Dixie was required to provide us with a rebate for
most ATMs that were removed due to its store closures.
Additionally, as part of that acquisition, we were designated as
the beneficiary of a letter of credit under which we could make
draws in the event Winn-Dixie refused to pay such rebates.
Subsequent to drawing down the full $3.6 million available
under such letter of credit, the former owner of the Winn-Dixie
ATM portfolio initiated an arbitration action against us for
restitution of a portion of such funds drawn by us. However,
such arbitration action was settled in January 2006, the result
of which had no material impact on our financial condition or
results of operations.
In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to
periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims. Although we cannot
predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits,
investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe
that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a
party, other than the litigation discussed above, will have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations,
cash flows or financial condition.
71
Employees
As of December 31, 2005, we had approximately
240 employees, including approximately 46 employees
that were acquired as part of the Bank Machine acquisition in
May 2005. None of our employees is represented by a union or
covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that
our relations with our employees are good.
Facilities
Our principal executive offices are located at 3110 Hayes Road,
Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77082, and our telephone number
is (281) 596-9988. We lease approximately
26,000 square feet of space under our Houston office lease
and approximately 11,000 square feet in warehouse space in
Houston, Texas and our satellite office in Temple, Texas. In
addition we lease approximately 6,000 square feet of office
space in Hatfield, Hertfordshire, England. Our facilities are
leased pursuant to operating leases for various terms. We
believe that our leases are at competitive or market rates and
do not anticipate any difficulty in leasing suitable additional
space upon expiration of our current lease terms.
72
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of
our executive officers and directors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age | |
|
Position |
|
|
| |
|
|
Jack Antonini
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director |
J. Chris Brewster
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer |
Michael H. Clinard
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
Chief Operating Officer |
Thomas E. Upton
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Chief Administrative Officer |
Drew Soinski
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
Chief Marketing Officer |
Fred R. Lummis
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors |
Robert P. Barone
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
Director |
Frederick W. Brazelton
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
Director |
Ralph H. Clinard
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
Director |
Ron Coben
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
Director |
Jorge M. Diaz
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
Director |
Roger B. Kafker
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
Director |
Michael A. R. Wilson
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
Director |
Ronald Delnevo
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
Director and Chief Executive of Bank Machine Limited |
The following biographies describe the business experience of
our executive officers and directors.
Jack Antonini has served as our President and Chief
Executive Officer and as a director since January 2003. From
November 2000 to December 2002, Mr. Antonini served as a
consultant for JMA Consulting, providing consulting services to
the financial industry. During 2000, Mr. Antonini served as
chief executive officer and president of Globeset, Inc., an
electronic payment products and services company. From August
1997 to February 2000, Mr. Antonini served as executive
vice president of consumer banking at First Union Corporation of
Charlotte, N.C. From September 1995 to July 1997, he served as
vice chairman and chief financial officer of First USA
Corporation, which was acquired by Bank One in June 1997.
Mr. Antonini held various positions from March 1985 to
August 1995 at San Antonio-based USAA Federal Savings Bank,
serving as vice chairman, president and chief executive officer
from August 1991 to August 1995. He is a certified public
accountant and holds a bachelor of science degree in business
and accounting from Ferris State University in Michigan.
Mr. Antonini also serves as a director of the Electronic
Funds Transfer Association, or EFTA.
J. Chris Brewster has served as our Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer since joining us in February 2004. From
September 2002 until February 2004, Mr. Brewster provided
consulting services to various businesses. From October 2001
until September 2002, Mr. Brewster served as executive vice
president and chief financial officer of Imperial Sugar Company,
a Nasdaq-quoted refiner and marketer of sugar and related
products. From March 2000 to September 2001, Mr. Brewster
served as chief executive officer and chief financial officer of
WorldOil.com, a privately-held Internet, trade magazine, book
and catalog publishing business. From January 1997 to February
2000, Mr. Brewster served as a partner of Bellmeade Capital
Partners, LLC, a merchant banking firm specializing in the
consolidation of fragmented industries. From March 1992 to
September 1996, he served as Chief Financial Officer of
Sanifill, Inc., a New York Stock Exchange-listed environmental
services company. From May 1984 to March 1992, he served as
Chief Financial Officer of National Convenience Stores, Inc., a
New York Stock Exchange-listed operator of 1,100 convenience
stores. He holds a bachelor of science degree in industrial
management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a
master of business administration from Harvard Business School.
Michael H. Clinard has served as our Chief Operating
Officer since he joined the company in August 1997. He holds a
bachelor of science degree in business management from Howard
Payne University. Mr. Clinard also serves as a director and
treasurer of the ATM Industry Association.
73
Thomas E. Upton has served as our Chief Administrative
Officer since February 2004. From June 2001 to February 2004,
Mr. Upton served as our Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer. From February 1998 to May 2001, Mr. Upton was
the chief financial officer of Allegis Group LLC, a national
collections firm. Prior to joining Allegis, Mr. Upton
served as a financial executive for several companies. He is a
certified public accountant with membership in the Texas Society
of Certified Public Accountants, and holds a bachelor of
business administration degree from the University of Houston.
Drew Soinski has served as our Chief Marketing Officer
since August 2005. Prior to joining Cardtronics, Mr. Soinski
headed up the national sales organization for First Horizon
Merchant Services, a leading provider of transaction processing
and bankcard acquiring services. Prior to that, Mr. Soinski held
various sales and marketing management positions with companies
such as National Processing, Inc., TransGlobal, and National
Bancard Corporation. He holds a bachelor of science degree in
business administration from the University of Central Florida.
Fred R. Lummis has served as a director and our Chairman
of the board since June 2001. Mr. Lummis is a co-founder
and managing partner of The CapStreet Group, LLC,
CapStreet II, L.P. and CapStreet Parallel II, L.P.
From June 1998 to May 2000, Mr. Lummis served as chairman
and chief executive officer of Advantage Outdoor Company, an
outdoor advertising company. From September 1994 to June 1998,
Mr. Lummis served as chairman and chief executive officer
of American Tower Corporation, a nationwide communication tower
owner and operator. Mr. Lummis now serves as a director of
American Tower Corporation, Amegy Bancorporation Inc. and
several private companies. Mr. Lummis holds a bachelor of
arts degree in economics from Vanderbilt University and a master
of business administration degree from the University of Texas
at Austin.
Robert P. Barone has served as a director since September
2001. Mr. Barone has more than 40 years of sales,
marketing and executive leadership experience in various
positions at Diebold, NCR, Xerox and the EFTA. Since December
1999, Mr. Barone has served as a consultant for SmartNet
Associates, Inc., a private financing service. Additionally,
from May 1997 to November 1999, Mr. Barone served as
Chairman of the Board of PetsHealth Insurance, Inc., a pet
health insurance provider. From September 1988 to September
1994, he served as board vice-chairman, president and chief
operating officer at Diebold. He holds a bachelor of business
administration degree from Western Michigan University and a
master of business administration degree from Indiana
University. A founder and past chairman of the EFTA,
Mr. Barone is now chairman emeritus of the EFTA.
Frederick W. Brazelton has served as a director since
June 2001. Mr. Brazelton is a partner of The CapStreet
Group, which he joined in August 2000. From July 1996 to July
1998, Mr. Brazelton worked for Hicks, Muse, Tate &
Furst, a private equity firm in Dallas, and from June 1994 to
June 1995, he worked for Willis, Stein & Partners, a
private equity firm in Chicago. He holds a bachelor of business
administration from the Business Honors Program at the
University of Texas at Austin and a master of business
administration degree from Stanford Graduate School of Business.
Mr. Brazelton also serves as the chairman of the board of
directors of River Oaks Imaging and Diagnostic Group, Inc., a
provider of diagnostic imaging services.
Ralph H. Clinard has served as a director since June
2001. Mr. Clinard founded the predecessor to our company in
1989 and was with us until he retired as president and chief
executive officer in January 2003. Prior to founding our
predecessor, Mr. Clinard served with Exxon Corporation, an
integrated oil company, working in various positions for almost
30 years. Mr. Clinard holds a bachelor of science
degree in mathematics from Muskingum College and a bachelor of
science degree in mechanical engineering from Pennsylvania State
University. Mr. Clinard is currently retired.
Ron Coben has served as a director since July 2002. Mr.
Coben is currently the president of Think So, LLC, a marketing
and business process consulting firm serving financial
institutions and
non-banking entities.
Mr. Coben also served as the President and CEO of
MessagePro, Inc. from November 2001 to May 2005. From October
1989 to June 1996, Mr. Coben was senior vice president, and
from June 1996 to November 2001, Mr. Coben was executive
vice president of consumer and business banking for Bank United
Corp., which was acquired by Washington Mutual, Inc. in February
2001. Mr. Coben also served as executive vice
74
president at Washington Mutual, Inc. from February 2001 to
November 2001. Mr. Coben holds a bachelor of business
administration degree from the University of Texas at Austin.
Jorge M. Diaz has served as a director since December
2004. Mr. Diaz has served as President and Chief Executive
Officer of Personix, a division of Fiserv, since April 1994. In
January 1985, Mr. Diaz
co-founded National
Embossing Company, a predecessor company to Personix.
Mr. Diaz sold National Embossing Company to Fiserv in April
1994.
Roger B. Kafker has served as a director since February
2005. Mr. Kafker is a Managing Director at
TA Associates and concentrates on management-led buyouts
and recapitalizations in growth service businesses in the
financial, consumer and healthcare services industries. He
serves as a Director of Clayton Holdings, CompBenefits
Corporation, Florida Career College and Preferred Freezer
Services. Mr. Kafker has served on the Boards of Affiliated
Managers Group, Allegis Realty Investors (now UBS Realty
Investors), And 1, ANSYS, Boron, LePore &
Associates, Cupertino Electric, EYP Mission Critical Facilities,
HVL, Monarch Dental Corporation and Thomson Advisory Group (now
PIMCO Advisors). Prior to joining TA in 1989, he was employed by
Bankers Trust Company of New York, where he worked on leveraged
acquisitions. Mr. Kafker received a BA degree, magna cum
laude, Phi Beta Kappa, in History from Haverford College and an
MBA degree, with Honors, from the Harvard Business School.
Michael A. R. Wilson has served as a director since
February 2005. Mr. Wilson is a Managing Director at TA
Associates where he focuses on growth investments and leveraged
buyouts of financial services, business services and consumer
products companies. He also serves on the Boards of Advisory
Research, Inc., Chartered Marketing Services, EYP Mission
Critical Facilities and Numeric Investors. He formerly served on
the Board of United Pet Group. Prior to joining TA in 1992,
Mr. Wilson was a Financial Analyst in Morgan Stanleys
Telecommunications Group. In 1994, he joined Affiliated Managers
Group, a TA-backed financial services
start-up, as Vice
President and a member of the founding management team.
Mr. Wilson received a BA degree, with Honors, in Business
Administration from the University of Western Ontario and an MBA
degree, with Distinction, from the Harvard Business School.
Ronald Delnevo has served as Managing Director of Bank
Machine for four years and has been with Bank Machine (formerly
the ATM division of Euronet) since 1998. Prior to joining Bank
Machine, Mr. Delnevo served in various consulting roles in
the retail sector, served as a board director of Tie Rack PLC
for five years and spent seven years with British Airports
Authority in various commercial roles. Mr. Delnevo was
educated at Heriot Watt University in Edinburgh, and currently
holds a degree in business organization and a diploma in
personnel management.
Our Board of Directors and Executive Officers
Our board of directors consists of ten persons. Members of our
board are elected at our annual meeting of stockholders for
terms expiring upon their resignation or until their successor
is duly elected.
Our executive officers are appointed by the board on an annual
basis and serve until removed by the board or their successors
have been duly appointed.
Committees of the Board
Our board of directors has appointed an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a nominating committee. The audit
committee currently consists of Messrs. Barone, Coben and
Clinard with Mr. Barone serving as the committees chairman
and designated financial expert. The compensation committee
currently consists of Messrs. Lummis, Wilson and Diaz and
the nominating committee currently consists of
Messrs. Lummis, Brazelton, Wilson and Kafker.
On an annual basis, the audit committee selects, on behalf of
our board of directors, an independent public accounting firm to
be engaged to audit our financial statements, discuss with the
independent auditors their independence, review and discuss the
audited financial statements with the independent auditors and
management and, once subject to the SEC rules and regulations,
will recommend to our board of directors
75
whether such audited financials should be included in our Annual
Reports on
Form 10-K to be
filed with the SEC.
The compensation committee reviews and either approves, on
behalf of our board of directors, or recommends to the board of
directors for approval (1) the annual salaries and other
compensation of our executive officers and (2) individual
stock and stock option grants. The compensation committee also
provides assistance and recommendations with respect to our
compensation policies and practices and assists with the
administration of our compensation plans.
The nominating committee assists our board of directors in
fulfilling its responsibilities by identifying and approving
individuals qualified to serve as members of our board of
directors, selecting director nominees for our annual meetings
of stockholders, subject to the nominating requirements
contained in our investors agreement.
We do not have a corporate governance committee. The independent
directors of our board fulfill the responsibilities of a
corporate governance committee by developing and recommending to
our board of directors corporate governance guidelines and
oversight with respect to corporate governance and ethical
conduct.
Director Compensation
We pay each of our non-employee directors $1,000 per board
meeting attended. Directors who are also are employed by us do
not receive fees for attending board or committee meetings. All
of our directors are reimbursed for their reasonable expenses in
attending board and committee meetings. In addition, we are in
the process of establishing a plan which would permit each
director to receive compensation for board service in the form
of common shares and to defer receipt of this compensation for a
period of time selected by the director that terminates no later
than the date he ceases to be a director.
Executive Compensation
The table below sets forth summary information concerning the
compensation awarded to our chief executive officer and our four
other most highly paid executive officers in the year ended
December 31, 2005. The individuals listed below are
referred to in this registration statement as our named
executive officers.
Summary Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual | |
|
|
Compensation | |
|
|
| |
Name and Principal Position |
|
Salary | |
|
Bonus | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Jack Antonini
|
|
$ |
330,750 |
|
|
$ |
|
(1) |
|
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Chris Brewster
|
|
|
236,250 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael H. Clinard
|
|
|
220,500 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas E. Upton
|
|
|
210,000 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Chief Administrative Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald Delnevo(2)
|
|
|
164,232 |
(3) |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Chief Executive of Bank Machine Limited and Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Bonuses earned for the year ended December 31, 2005 were
not finalized as of the date of this filing. |
|
(2) |
Mr. Delnevo joined us in May 2005 as part of the Bank
Machine acquisition. |
|
(3) |
Amount converted at an average exchange rate of $1.7818 to
£1.00. |
76
Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year
The following table sets forth information with respect to all
stock options granted by the Company in 2005 to the named
executive officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
|
% of Total | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities | |
|
Options | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying | |
|
Granted to | |
|
Exercise or | |
|
|
|
Grant Date | |
|
|
Options | |
|
Employees in | |
|
Base Price | |
|
Expiration | |
|
Present | |
|
|
Granted(1) | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
($/Share) | |
|
Date | |
|
Value $(2) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Ronald Delnevo
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
19.0% |
|
|
$ |
83.84 |
|
|
|
5/17/2015 |
|
|
$ |
311,384 |
|
|
|
(1) |
The ten-year options granted in 2005 vest ratably over four
years beginning one year following the date of grant. |
|
(2) |
The Black-Scholes option pricing model was utilized to determine
the grant date present value of the stock options granted in
2005. Under the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the grant
date present value of the stock options referred to in the table
above was calculated to be $7.78 per share. The following
facts and assumptions were utilized in making such calculation:
(a) an unadjusted exercise price $83.84 per share;
(b) a fair market value of $83.84 per share on the
date of grant; (c) no dividend yield; (d) a term of
five years; (e) no volatility; and (f) an assumed
risk-free interest rate of 3.82%, which approximated the yield
on the five year treasury note on the date of grant. No other
discounts or restrictions related to the vesting or the
likelihood of vesting of the stock options were applied. The
resulting grant date present value per share amount was
multiplied by the total number of stock options granted to
determine the total grant date present value figure above. |
Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Year-End Option
Values
The following table presents information concerning the stock
options exercised during the last fiscal year by each of our
named executive officers and the fiscal year-end value of
unexercised options held by each of our named officers as of
December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares | |
|
Value of Unexercised | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying Unexercised | |
|
In-the-Money | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
|
|
Options at Year-End | |
|
Options at Year-End(1) | |
|
|
Acquired | |
|
Value | |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
on Exercise | |
|
Realized | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Jack Antonini(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
J. Chris Brewster
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
$ |
477,591 |
|
|
$ |
955,182 |
|
Michael H. Clinard
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,683 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,419,859 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Thomas E. Upton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,354 |
|
|
|
1,250 |
|
|
$ |
1,728,278 |
|
|
$ |
90,137 |
|
Ronald Delnevo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
There was no public market for our common stock on
December 31, 2005. Accordingly, we calculated these values
based on an estimated price per share of $83.84, as determined
by management, less the applicable exercise prices. |
|
(2) |
Mr. Antonini only owns restricted shares in the Company and
has not been granted any options to purchase the Companys
common stock. |
Employment-Related Agreements of Named Executive Officers
Employment Agreement with Jack Antonini. In January 2003,
we entered into an employment agreement with Jack Antonini.
Mr. Antoninis January 2003 employment agreement was
last amended in January 2005. Under his employment agreement,
Mr. Antonini receives a monthly salary of $27,562 and his
term of employment runs through January 31, 2008. In
addition, subject to our achieving certain performance standards
set by our compensation committee, Mr. Antonini may be
entitled to an annual bonus of up to 40% of his base salary.
This bonus will be determined in the sole discretion of our
compensation committee. Further, should we terminate
Mr. Antonini without cause, he will be entitled to receive
severance pay equal to his base salary for the lesser of twelve
months or the number of months remaining under his employment
contract.
Employment Agreement with Michael H. Clinard. In June
2001, we entered into an employment agreement with Michael H.
Clinard. Mr. Clinards June 2001 employment agreement
was amended in January 2005. Under his employment agreement,
Mr. Clinard receives a monthly salary of $18,375 and his
term of
77
employment runs through January 31, 2008. On each
anniversary of the agreement, Mr. Clinards annual
compensation is subject to increases as determined by our
compensation committee in its sole discretion, with such
increases being targeted to be 5% of the previous years
base salary. In addition, subject to our achieving certain
performance standards set by our compensation committee,
Mr. Clinard may be entitled to an annual bonus of up to 15%
of his base salary. This bonus will be determined in the sole
discretion of our compensation committee. Further, (a) if
he terminates his employment for good reason, as defined in the
employment agreement, then he is entitled to continue to receive
payments of base salary from us for the lesser of twelve months
or the number of months remaining under his employment contract
following his termination, and (b) if he dies or becomes
totally disabled, as defined in the employment agreement, then
he is entitled to receive the difference between his base salary
and any disability benefits received by him under our disability
benefit plans for the lesser of twelve months or the number of
months remaining under his employment contract following his
death or disability, as applicable.
Employment Agreement with Thomas E. Upton. In June 2001,
we entered into an employment agreement with Thomas E. Upton.
Mr. Uptons June 2001 employment agreement was amended
in January 2005. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Upton
receives a monthly salary of $17,500 and his term of employment
runs through January 31, 2008. In addition, subject to our
achieving certain performance standards set by our compensation
committee, Mr. Upton may be entitled to an annual bonus of
up to 15% of his base salary. This bonus will be determined in
the sole discretion of our compensation committee.
Employment Agreement with J. Chris Brewster. In March
2004, we entered into an employment agreement with J. Chris
Brewster which was amended on February 10, 2005. The
amended agreement provides for an initial term ending
January 31, 2008. Under the amended employment agreement,
Mr. Brewster is entitled to receive a current monthly base
salary of $19,687, subject, on each anniversary of the
agreement, to increases as determined by our board of directors
in its sole discretion, with such increases being targeted to be
5% of the previous years base salary. In addition, subject
to our achieving certain performance standards set by our
compensation committee, Mr. Brewster may be entitled to an
annual bonus of up to 40% of his base salary. This bonus will be
determined in the sole discretion of our compensation committee.
Further, should we terminate Mr. Brewster without cause, or
should Mr. Brewster terminate his employment with us for
good reason, as defined in the employment agreement, he will be
entitled to receive severance pay equal to his base salary for
twelve months.
Employment Agreement with Ronald Delnevo. In May 2005, we
entered into an employment agreement with Ronald Delnevo. Such
agreement provides for an initial term ending May 17, 2009.
Under the agreement, Mr. Delnevo is entitled to receive a
current monthly base salary of £11,250, subject, on an
annual basis, to increases as determined by our board of
directors in its sole discretion, with such increases being
targeted at 5% of the previous years base salary.
Mr. Delnevo is also entitled to the payment of a car
allowance totaling £12,000 per annum. In addition, subject
to the achievement of certain performance standards as set by
our board of directors, Mr. Delnevo may be entitled to an
annual bonus of up to 40% of his base salary. Furthermore,
Mr. Delnevo is also party to a separate long-term bonus
agreement that, upon the achievement of certain financial goals,
as outlined in such agreement, would require the payment of an
additional bonus amount to Mr. Delnevo subsequent to
December 31, 2008. Further, should we terminate
Mr. Delnevo without cause, or should Mr. Delnevo
terminate his employment with us for good reason, as defined in
the agreement, he will be entitled to receive severance pay
equal to his base salary for twelve months.
Common Provisions of Employment-Related Agreements of Named
Executive Officers. Several provisions are common to the
employment agreements of our named executive officers. For
example:
|
|
|
|
|
Each employment agreement requires the employee to protect the
confidentiality of our proprietary and confidential information. |
|
|
|
Each employment agreement requires that the employee not compete
with us or solicit our employees or customers for a period of
24 months following the term of his employment. |
78
|
|
|
|
|
Each employment agreement provides that the employee may be paid
an annual bonus based on certain factors and objectives set by
our compensation committee, with the ultimate amount of any
bonus paid determined at the direction of our compensation
committee. |
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation
None of our executive officers has served as a director or
member of the compensation committee of any other entity whose
executive officers served as a director or member of our
compensation committee.
79
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Preferred Stock Private Placement
In February 2005, we issued 894,568 shares of our
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to investment funds
controlled by TA Associates, Inc. for aggregate gross proceeds
of $75.0 million. In connection with this offering, we also
appointed Michael Wilson and Roger Kafker, who are designees of
TA Associates, Inc. to our board of directors. Approximately
$24.8 million of the net proceeds of this offering were
used to redeem all of the outstanding shares of our
Series A Preferred Stock from affiliates of The CapStreet
Group, LLC. The remaining net proceeds were used to repurchase
approximately 24% of our outstanding shares of common stock, and
vested options to purchase our common stock, at a price per
share of $83.8394, pursuant to an offer to purchase such shares
of stock from all of our stockholders on a pro rata basis. As
part of this transaction, we repurchased 353,878 shares of
our common stock from affiliates of The CapStreet Group for
$29.7 million. We also repurchased shares of common stock
from our executive officers and directors as described below
under Transactions with Our Directors and
Officers.
After the maturity of the notes offered hereby, or
February 10, 2012 in the event the notes are no longer
outstanding, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock may cause us to
redeem all of the outstanding shares of preferred stock at the
original issuance price less any dividends or distributions
previously paid on such shares. In the event that we do not have
sufficient funds legally available to redeem all outstanding
shares of preferred stock upon an election of redemption, we
would be required to pay interest on such unpaid amounts of
10% per annum, increasing 0.5% each quarter. If we are
unable to redeem all shares of preferred within 180 days of
an election of redemption, the holders of our preferred stock
would be entitled to appoint a majority of our board of
directors.
Investors Agreement
On June 4, 2001, we entered into an investors agreement
with CapStreet II, L.P., CapStreet Parallel II, L.P.,
Ralph H. Clinard, a current director and our then president and
chief executive officer, Michael H. Clinard, our chief operating
officer, Brian R. Archer, our executive vice president of
marketing, and the other stockholders of the company. We amended
and restated our investors agreement in connection with our
February 2005 preferred stock offering and further amended our
investors agreement in connection with our acquisition of Bank
Machine in April 2005. All of our stockholders are parties to
the investors agreement.
The following description of the investors agreement, as
amended, may be helpful to your understanding of the
relationships among our stockholders. You should be aware that
the investors agreement, other than the provisions relating to
registration rights, will be terminated in connection with an
initial public offering of our common stock.
Board Composition. Our board of directors consists of ten
individuals designated in accordance with our investors
agreement. Our stockholders agreed to vote their shares to elect
to the board of directors two nominees designated by CapStreet;
two nominees designated by TA Associates; Ralph Clinard, for so
long as he owns 10% or more of our stock; our Chief Executive
Officer; Ronald Delnevo, the Chief Executive Officer of our
United Kingdom operations; and up to three additional
independent directors nominated by our nominating committee.
CapStreet designated Fred R. Lummis and Frederick W. Brazelton
as its board nominees and TA Associates designated Michael
Wilson and Roger Kafker as its board nominees. Our investors
agreement also requires our board of directors to maintain a
nominating committee comprised of the CapStreet and TA
Associates board nominees and a compensation committee comprised
of one CapStreet board nominee, one TA Associate nominee and one
independent director.
Preemptive Rights and Transfer Provisions. Under our
investors agreement, if we propose to issue shares of our common
stock, other than in connection with a public offering,
issuances to employees and directors and certain corporate
transactions, we must provide each of our stockholders who is an
accredited investor the opportunity to purchase a pro rata
amount of such securities. In addition, in the event a
stockholder proposes to transfer any of our shares of common
stock, each of our other stockholders has the
80
right to purchase such shares. We have a right of first refusal
to purchase any such shares that are not purchased by our
stockholders.
Repurchase Option. Under the investors agreement, if any
employee who is employed pursuant to a written employment
agreement is terminated from employment with us for cause (as
defined in their respective employment agreements with us), then
we, at our option, may purchase all of the securities held by
such person for a purchase price equal to the fair market value
of such securities.
Business Opportunities. CapStreet and TA Associates are
private equity funds, and they invest in, have representatives
who serve on the board of directors and other governing boards
of, serve as officers of, provide services to and have minority
and controlling ownership interests in existing and future
portfolio companies. We have agreed that, except for
opportunities that come to the attention of any of the board
designees of CapStreet or TA Associates, in his or her capacity
as a director of the company, the relationship between us and
CapStreet and TA Associates will not prohibit any of them from
engaging in activities related to their operations as private
equity fund for their own account, or require any of them to
make any business opportunities available to us, even if any of
their activities or business opportunities competes with the our
business.
Registration Rights. The investors agreement grants each
of CapStreet and TA Associates the right to demand that we file
a registration statement with the SEC to register the sale of
all or a portion of their shares of common stock. Subject to
certain limitations, we will be obligated to register these
shares upon the demand of CapStreet or TA Associates, for which
we will be required to pay the registration expenses. In
connection with any such demand registration, the other
stockholders who are parties to the investors agreement may be
entitled to include their shares in that registration under
certain piggyback registration rights granted under the
investors agreement to these other stockholders. In addition, if
we propose to register equity securities for our own account,
the stockholders who are parties to the investors agreement may
be entitled to include their shares in that registration as
well. In connection with any registration, we will pay the
expenses of any such selling stockholders and indemnify each
holder of registrable securities covered by a registration
statement against liabilities arising out of or related to such
registration statement or the preliminary registration statement
or registration statement included as part of such registration
statement.
Transactions with our Directors and Officers
Fred R. Lummis, the chairman of our board of directors, is also
a managing director of The CapStreet Group, LLC, the ultimate
general partner of CapStreet II, L.P. and CapStreet
Parallel II, L.P., our shareholders. Frederick W.
Brazelton, one of our directors, is also a partner of The
CapStreet Group, LLC. CapStreet II, L.P. and CapStreet
Parallel II, L.P. together own a majority interest in
MessagePro, Inc., and Fred R. Lummis and Frederick W. Brazelton
are each members of the board of directors of MessagePro, Inc.
Michael Wilson and Roger Kafker, our directors, are each
managing directors of TA Associates, affiliates of which are our
shareholders and own a majority of our outstanding shares of
Series B Preferred Stock.
Prior to the completion of this exchange offer, we had loans
outstanding to the following executive officers:
Mr. Antonini, who borrowed $940,800 from us during 2003 to
purchase 80,000 of our restricted shares, of which $867,314 is
currently outstanding, including accrued interest;
Mr. Michael Clinard, who borrowed $292,342 from us during
2003 to exercise stock options and purchase 43,484 shares
of our common stock, of which $233,298 is currently outstanding,
including accrued interest; and Mr. Upton, who borrowed
$131,205 from us during 2003 to exercise stock options and
purchase 21,104 shares of our common stock, of which
$104,708 is currently outstanding, including accrued interest.
Additionally, Mr. Ralph Clinard borrowed $442,319 from us
during 2003 to exercise stock options and purchase
64,938 shares of our common stock. Mr. Ralph Clinard
repaid his loan in full on January 15, 2004. The rate of
interest on each of these loans is 5% per annum.
Additionally, during 2003 we made loans in an aggregate amount
of approximately $500,000 to some of our non-executive officers
sufficient for those non-executive officers to exercise stock
options, of which approximately $323,790 is currently
outstanding. The interest rate on these loans is 5% per
annum. It is currently anticipated that the above-referenced
loans with our executive officers will be repaid in full,
including any accrued but unpaid interest related thereto, on or
before February 28, 2006. Such repayments
81
shall be made either in cash or by the tendering of shares of
our common stock, as currently held by such executive officers,
at fair market value as determined by an independent third-party
appraisal firm.
In 2003, our board of directors approved the issuance of
80,000 shares of restricted stock to Jack Antonini in
exchange for a promissory note in the amount of $940,800, or
$11.76 per share. The terms of his restricted stock award
are set forth in a restricted stock agreement between us and
Mr. Antonini. Beginning on the date of grant,
Mr. Antonini, as the owner of the shares, has the right to
vote his shares. Under the restricted stock agreement, we may
repurchase a portion of Mr. Antoninis shares prior to
January 20, 2007 in some circumstances such as the
termination of his employment for cause. The agreement also
contained a provision allowing Mr. Antonini to
put to us an amount of his restricted shares
sufficient to retire the entire unpaid principal balance of the
promissory note plus accrued interest. On February 4, 2004,
we and Mr. Antonini amended the restricted stock agreement
to remove Mr. Antoninis put right.
Mr. Antonini is a signatory to our investors agreement and
has tag-along rights thereunder with respect to the restricted
shares, meaning that if any securityholder that is a party to
the investors agreement proposes to transfer greater than 5% of
our outstanding securities, Mr. Antonini will have the
right to transfer a pro rata portion of his restricted shares.
Pursuant to our offer to repurchase shares of our common stock
using a portion of the net proceeds from our February 2005
preferred stock offering, we purchased shares of our common
stock from each of our executive officers and directors at a
price per share of $83.8394. We purchased 9,492 shares from
Jack Antonini, 23,453 shares from Michael Clinard,
7,956 shares from Thomas Upton, and 130,737 shares
from Ralph Clinard.
82
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31,
2005:
|
|
|
|
|
each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the
outstanding shares of our common stock; |
|
|
|
each of the executive officers identified in the summary
compensation table; |
|
|
|
each of our directors; and |
|
|
|
all directors and named executive officers as a group. |
Footnote 1 below provides a brief explanation of what is
meant by the term beneficial ownership. Except as
indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to
applicable community property laws, the persons named in this
table have the sole voting power with respect to all shares of
common stock listed as beneficially owned by them. The address
for each executive officer and director set forth below, unless
otherwise indicated, is c/o Cardtronics, Inc., 3110 Hayes
Road, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77082. The address of each
of CapStreet II, L.P., CapStreet Parallel II, L.P., and
Messrs. Lummis and Brazelton is c/o The CapStreet
Group, LLC, 600 Travis Street, Suite 6110, Houston, Texas
77002. The address of TA Associates, Inc. and
Messrs. Wilson and Kafker is c/o TA Associates, High
Street Tower, 125 High Street, Suite 2500, Boston,
Massachusetts 02110.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares | |
|
Percent of | |
|
|
of Common Stock | |
|
Common Stock | |
Name of Beneficial Owner(1) |
|
Beneficially Owned | |
|
Beneficially Owned | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
5% Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CapStreet II, L.P.
|
|
|
1,017,958 |
|
|
|
35.1 |
% |
CapStreet Parallel II, L.P.
|
|
|
119,501 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
% |
TA Associates, Inc.(2)
|
|
|
894,568 |
|
|
|
30.9 |
% |
Ralph H. Clinard(3)
|
|
|
420,225 |
|
|
|
14.5 |
% |
Directors and Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fred R. Lummis(4)
|
|
|
1,137,459 |
|
|
|
39.2 |
% |
Michael Wilson(5)
|
|
|
894,568 |
|
|
|
30.9 |
% |
Roger Kafker(6)
|
|
|
894,568 |
|
|
|
30.9 |
% |
Jack Antonini
|
|
|
70,508 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
% |
Michael H. Clinard(7)
|
|
|
75,382 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
% |
Thomas E. Upton(8)
|
|
|
35,502 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
% |
J. Chris Brewster(9)
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Ronald Delnevo(10)
|
|
|
13,209 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Robert P. Barone(11)
|
|
|
4,316 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Frederick W. Brazelton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ron Coben(12)
|
|
|
4,316 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Jorge M. Diaz(13)
|
|
|
1,250 |
|
|
|
* |
|
All executive officers and directors as a group
(13 persons)
|
|
|
2,898,941 |
|
|
|
90.8 |
% |
83
|
|
|
*
|
|
Less than 1% of the outstanding common stock. |
|
(1)
|
|
Beneficial ownership is a term broadly defined by
the SEC in
Rule 13d-3 under
the Exchange Act, and includes more than the typical forms of
stock ownership, that is, stock held in the persons name.
The term also includes what is referred to as indirect
ownership, meaning ownership of shares as to which a
person has or shares investment or voting power. For the purpose
of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have
beneficial ownership of any shares as of
December 31, 2005 that such person or group has the right
to acquire within 60 days after such date. |
|
(2)
|
|
The shares owned by TA Associates, Inc. through certain of its
affiliated funds, including TA IX L.P., TA/ Atlantic and
Pacific IV L.P., TA/ Atlantic and Pacific V L.P., TA
Strategic Partners Fund A L.P., TA Strategic Partners
Fund B L.P., TA Investors II, L.P., which we
collectively refer to as the TA Funds, are Series B
Preferred shares which are convertible into our common stock on
a share for share basis. |
|
(3)
|
|
Mr. Clinard is a member of our board of directors. |
|
(4)
|
|
The shares indicated as being beneficially owned by
Mr. Lummis are owned directly by CapStreet II, L.P.
and CapStreet Parallel II, L.P. Mr. Lummis serves as a
Managing Director of The CapStreet Group, the ultimate general
partner of both CapStreet II, L.P. and CapStreet
Parallel II, L.P. As such, Mr. Lummis may be deemed to
have a beneficial ownership of the shares owned by
CapStreet II, L.P. and CapStreet Parallel II, L.P.
Mr. Lummis disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. |
|
(5)
|
|
Mr. Wilson serves as a Managing Director of TA Associates,
Inc., the ultimate general partner of the TA Funds. As
such, Mr. Wilson may be deemed to have a beneficial
ownership of the shares owned by the TA Funds. Mr. Wilson
disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. |
|
(6)
|
|
Mr. Kafker serves as a Managing Director of
TA Associates, Inc., the ultimate general partner of the
TA Funds. As such, Mr. Kafker may be deemed to have a
beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the TA Funds.
Mr. Kafker disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. |
|
(7)
|
|
Includes options to purchase 18,683 shares of common stock
exercisable by Michael H. Clinard. |
|
(8)
|
|
Includes options to purchase 22,354 shares of common stock
exercisable by Thomas E. Upton. |
|
(9)
|
|
Represents options to purchase 15,000 shares of common
stock exercisable by J. Chris Brewster. |
|
(10)
|
|
Represents Series B Preferred shares which are convertible
into our common stock on a share for share basis. |
|
(11)
|
|
Represents options to purchase 4,316 shares of common stock
exercisable by Robert P. Barone. |
|
(12)
|
|
Represents options to purchase 4,316 shares of common stock
exercisable by Ron Coben. |
|
(13)
|
|
Represents options to purchase 1,250 shares of common stock
exercisable by Jorge Diaz. |
84
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
Bank Credit Facilities
In connection with the Bank Machine acquisition, we amended our
existing bank credit facilities with BNP Paribas and Bank of
America, N.A. and certain other lenders as a first lien senior
credit facility and entered into a second lien facility with
Banc of America Bridge LLC, as agent. A portion of the proceeds
of these new credit facilities were used to finance the Bank
Machine acquisition. The revolving credit facility under the
first lien credit facility can be used for financing
acquisitions, capital expenditures and general corporate
purposes, including working capital needs. The commitments under
these credit facilities totaled $300.0 million, consisting
of (1) a $125.0 million five-year first lien senior
term loan facility, (2) a $100.0 million five-year
first lien revolving credit facility, and (3) a
$75.0 million second lien bridge facility.
In August 2005, the first lien senior term loan facility and the
second lien facility were repaid in full with the net proceeds
from our senior subordinated notes offering and additional
borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Additionally,
the revolving credit facility was increased to a maximum
borrowing capacity of $150.0 million immediately following
such offering. However, such borrowing capacity is limited in
practice by certain financial covenants contained in the
facility. As of September 30, 2005, we had approximately
$41.8 million outstanding under the facility, and the
ability to borrow an additional $37.1 million based on the
covenants contained in such facility. Any amounts drawn under
such facility are not due until the facilitys maturity
date in May 2010.
Borrowings under the bank credit facility bear interest at a
variable rate based upon LIBOR or prime rate, at our option. At
September 30, 2005, the weighted average interest rate on
our borrowings was approximately 6.8%. Borrowings are secured by
a lien on substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries
assets (excluding equity interests in foreign subsidiaries). The
borrowings are also secured by the equity interests in our
direct foreign subsidiaries and the direct subsidiaries of our
domestic subsidiaries (limited to 66% of the voting interests in
direct foreign subsidiaries and 100% of the non-voting interests
in such direct foreign subsidiaries).
The bank credit facility contains various restrictive covenants
and other usual and customary terms and conditions of facilities
of the same type, including prohibitions on payment of cash
dividends, restrictions on certain other distributions and
restricted payments, and limitations on selling assets and
transferring property, entering into mergers or similar
transactions, incurrence of debt, creation of liens, making
investments, engaging in transactions with affiliates, making
capital expenditures and entering into sale and leaseback
transactions. We are also required to maintain certain financial
ratios.
The bank credit facility also contains customary events of
default, including any defaults by us or any of our subsidiaries
in the payment or performance of any other indebtedness over
certain threshold levels. Upon an occurrence of an event of
default under our bank credit facilities, a majority of the
lenders under such bank credit facilities may cause the agent
to, among other things, terminate the commitment to lend credit,
if any, and declare the outstanding indebtedness immediately due
and payable.
In addition to the above domestic credit facility, Bank Machine
has a £2.0 million unsecured overdraft and borrowing
facility that expires in July 2006. Such facility, which bears
interest at 1.75% over the banks base rate (currently
4.50%), will be utilized for general corporate purposes for our
United Kingdom operations. No borrowings were outstanding under
such facility as of September 30, 2005. However, on
September 22, 2005, Bank Machine posted a £275,000
bond under such facility, and in return received the same amount
in cash back from the bank. Such cash amount was previously held
by the bank as collateral for one of Bank Machines
existing vault cash programs. The outstanding bond is akin to a
letter of credit, and as such, reduces the amount available for
future borrowings under the facility to £1.725 million.
85
DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES
The New Notes will be issued, and the outstanding notes were
issued, under an Indenture dated as of August 12, 2005 (the
Indenture) among the Company, the Initial Guarantors
and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the
Trustee), in a private transaction that is not
subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
See Notice to Investors. The terms of the New Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended (the Trust Indenture Act).
The following description is a summary of the material
provisions of the Indenture. It does not restate that agreement
in its entirety. We urge you to read the Indenture because it,
and not this description, defines your rights as holders of the
New Notes. The Company has filed the Indenture for an exhibit to
the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this
description below under the caption Certain
Definitions. Certain defined terms used in this
description but not defined below under the caption
Certain Definitions have the meanings
assigned to them in the Indenture. In this description, the word
Company refers only to Cardtronics, Inc. and not to
any of its subsidiaries and the Notes refer to the
New Notes and the outstanding notes.
If the exchange offer contemplated by this prospectus (the
Exchange Offer) is consummated, Holders of
outstanding notes who do not exchange those notes for new notes
in the Exchange Offer will vote together with Holders of new
notes for all relevant purposes under the Indenture. In that
regard, the Indenture requires that certain actions by the
Holders thereunder (including acceleration following an Event of
Default) must be taken, and certain rights must be exercised, by
specified minimum percentages of the aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding securities issued under the Indenture. In
determining whether Holders of the requisite percentage in
principal amount have given any notice, consent or waiver or
taken any other action permitted under the Indenture, any
outstanding notes that remain outstanding after the Exchange
Offer will be aggregated with the new notes, and the Holders of
such outstanding notes and the new notes will vote together as a
single series for all such purposes. Accordingly, all references
herein to specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of
the notes outstanding shall be deemed to mean, at any time after
the Exchange Offer is consummated, such percentages in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding notes and the new notes then
outstanding.
Brief Description of the Notes
The Notes:
|
|
|
|
|
are general unsecured obligations of the Company; |
|
|
|
are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior Debt of the Company, including the Indebtedness of the
Company under the Credit Agreement; |
|
|
|
are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and
any future senior subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; |
|
|
|
are senior in right of payment to all existing and any future
subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; |
|
|
|
are guaranteed by the Guarantors as described under
Note Guarantees; and |
|
|
|
are effectively subordinated to all existing and any future
Indebtedness and other liabilities of the Companys
Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors. |
As of September 30, 2005, the Company and Initial
Guarantors had outstanding Indebtedness of approximately
$41.8 million, all of which was Senior Debt, and the
Companys subsidiaries that are not guaranteeing the Notes
had approximately $15.1 million of indebtedness and other
liabilities, not including intercompany liabilities.
86
As of the date of this prospectus, all of our subsidiaries are
Restricted Subsidiaries. However, under the
circumstances described below under the caption
Certain Covenants Designation of
Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries, we will be
permitted to designate certain of our subsidiaries as
Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Any Unrestricted
Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive
covenants in the Indenture and will not guarantee the Notes.
Any outstanding notes that remain outstanding after the
completion of the Exchange Offer, together with the new notes
issued in connection with the Exchange Offer and any other notes
issued under the indenture then outstanding, will be treated as
a single class of securities under the Indenture.
Principal, Maturity and Interest
The Indenture provides for the issuance by the Company of Notes
with an unlimited principal amount, of which $200.0 million
were issued on August 12, 2005. The Company may issue
additional notes (the Additional Notes) from time to
time. Any offering of Additional Notes is subject to all of the
covenants of the Indenture, including the covenant described
below under the caption Certain
Covenants Incurrence of Indebtedness. The
Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the
Indenture would be treated as a single class for all purposes
under the Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers,
amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. The Company will
issue Notes in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000. The Notes will mature on August 15, 2013.
Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate of 9.250% per
annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on February
15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2006. The
Company will make each interest payment to the Holders of record
on the immediately preceding February 1 and August 1. Any
Additional Interest due will be paid on the same dates as
interest on the Notes. See Registration
Rights; Additional Interest.
Interest on the New Notes will accrue from August 12, 2005
or, if interest has already been paid, on the Notes, from the
date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve
30-day months.
Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes
If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company,
the Company will pay all principal, interest and premium and
Additional Interest, if any, on that Holders Notes in
accordance with those instructions. All other payments on Notes
will be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and
Registrar within The City and State of New York unless the
Company elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the
Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes
The Trustee will initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar.
The Company may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without
prior notice to the Holders, and the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
Transfer and Exchange
A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the
Indenture and the procedures described in Notice to
Investors. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a
Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements
and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to
pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange
any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not
required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of
15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of
it for all purposes.
87
Note Guarantees
The Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Initial
Guarantors. Each Note Guarantee:
|
|
|
|
|
is a general unsecured obligation of that Guarantor; |
|
|
|
is subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior Debt of that Guarantor, including the Guarantee by that
Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement; |
|
|
|
is pari passu in right of payment with all existing and
any future senior subordinated Indebtedness of that
Guarantor; and |
|
|
|
is senior in right of payment to all existing and any future
subordinated Indebtedness of that Guarantor. |
Each Note Guarantee will be subordinated to the prior payment in
full of all Senior Debt of that Guarantor. The obligations of
each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee will be limited as
necessary to prevent that Note Guarantee from constituting a
fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See Risk
Factors The guarantees may not be enforceable
because of fraudulent conveyance laws. As of
September 30, 2005, the Initial Guarantors had outstanding
Indebtedness of approximately $41.8 million, all of which
was Guarantees of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, and
the Companys subsidiaries that are not guaranteeing the
Notes had approximately $15.1 million of indebtedness and
other liabilities, not including intercompany liabilities. See
Certain Covenants Guarantees.
Subordination
The payment of principal, interest and premium and Additional
Interest, if any, on the Notes is subordinated to the prior
payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Senior Debt
of the Company, including Senior Debt of the Company Incurred
after the Issue Date.
The holders of Senior Debt of the Company are entitled to
receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all
Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt of the Company
(including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy
proceeding at the rate specified in the documentation for the
applicable Senior Debt of the Company) before the Holders of
Notes are entitled to receive any payment with respect to the
Notes (except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain
Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from the trusts
described below under the captions Legal
Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance or
Satisfaction and Discharge), in the
event of any distribution to creditors of the Company in
connection with:
|
|
|
(1) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company; |
|
|
(2) any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or
its property; |
|
|
(3) any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or |
|
|
(4) any marshaling of the Companys assets and
liabilities. |
The Company also may not make any payment in respect of the
Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trusts
described under the captions Legal Defeasance
and Covenant Defeasance) if:
|
|
|
(1) a default (a payment default) in the
payment of principal, premium or interest on Designated Senior
Debt of the Company occurs and is continuing; or |
|
|
(2) any other default (a nonpayment default)
occurs and is continuing on any series of Designated Senior Debt
of the Company that permits holders of that series of Designated
Senior Debt of the Company to accelerate its maturity, and the
Trustee receives a notice of such default (a Payment
Blockage Notice) from a representative of the holders of
such Designated Senior Debt. |
88
Payments on the Notes may and will be resumed:
|
|
|
(1) in the case of a payment default on Designated Senior
Debt of the Company, upon the date on which such default is
cured or waived; and |
|
|
(2) in case of a nonpayment default on Designated Senior
Debt of the Company, the earlier of (x) the date on which
such default is cured or waived, (y) 179 days after
the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is
received and (z) the date the Trustee receives notice from
the representative for such Designated Senior Debt rescinding
the Payment Blockage Notice, unless, in each case, the maturity
of such Designated Senior Debt of the Company has been
accelerated. |
No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until:
|
|
|
(1) 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the
immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and |
|
|
(2) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and
premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes that have
come due have been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents. |
No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date
of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee will
be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage
Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period
of not less than 90 days.
If the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes receives a payment in
respect of the Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or
from the trusts described below under the captions
Legal Defeasance and Covenant
Defeasance) when:
|
|
|
(1) the payment is prohibited by these subordination
provisions; and |
|
|
(2) the Trustee or the Holder has actual knowledge that the
payment is prohibited (provided that such actual
knowledge will not be required in the case of any payment
default on Designated Senior Debt), |
the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, will hold such
payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt
of the Company. Upon the proper written request of the holders
of Senior Debt of the Company or, if there is any payment
default on any Designated Senior Debt, the Trustee or the
Holder, as the case may be, will deliver the amounts in trust to
the holders of Senior Debt of the Company or their proper
representative.
The Company must promptly notify holders of its Senior Debt if
payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of
Default.
As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in
the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the
Company, Holders of Notes may recover less ratably than other
creditors of the Company.
Payments under the Note Guarantee of each Guarantor are
subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of
such Guarantor, including Senior Debt of such Guarantor Incurred
after the Issue Date, on the same basis as provided above with
respect to the subordination of payments on the Notes by the
Company to the prior payment in full of Senior Debt of the
Company. See Risk Factors Your right to
receive payments on the notes will be junior to our existing and
future senior debt, and the guarantees of the notes are junior
to all of the guarantors existing and future senior
debt.
Designated Senior Debt means:
|
|
|
(1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit
Agreement; and |
|
|
(2) to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement, any
other Senior Debt permitted under the Indenture the amount of
which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated
by the Company as Designated Senior Debt. |
89
Permitted Junior Securities means:
|
|
|
(1) Equity Interests in the Company or any Guarantor or any
other business entity provided for by a plan or
reorganization; and |
|
|
(2) debt securities of the Company or any Guarantor or any
other business entity provided for by a plan of reorganization
that are subordinated to all Senior Debt and any debt securities
issued in exchange for Senior Debt to the same extent as, or to
a greater extent than, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are
subordinated to Senior Debt under the Indenture. |
Senior Debt of any Person means:
|
|
|
(1) all Indebtedness of such Person outstanding under the
Credit Agreement and all Hedging Obligations with respect
thereto, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or Incurred
thereafter; |
|
|
(2) any other Indebtedness of such Person permitted to be
Incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument
under which such Indebtedness is Incurred expressly provides
that it is on a parity with or is subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee; and |
|
|
(3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the
preceding clauses (1) and (2) (including any interest
accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at
the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto,
whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under
applicable law). |
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding
paragraph, Senior Debt will not include:
|
|
|
(1) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes
owed or owing by the Company or any Guarantor; |
|
|
(2) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor to any
of their Subsidiaries or other Affiliates; |
|
|
(3) any trade payables; |
|
|
(4) the portion of any Indebtedness that is Incurred in
violation of the Indenture, provided that a good faith
determination by the Board of Directors of the Company evidenced
by a Board Resolution, or a good faith determination by the
Chief Financial Officer of the Company evidenced by an
officers certificate, that any Indebtedness being incurred
under the Credit Agreement is permitted by the Indenture will be
conclusive; |
|
|
(5) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that,
when Incurred, was without recourse to the Company or such
Guarantor; |
|
|
(6) any repurchase, redemption or other obligation in
respect of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or |
|
|
(7) any Indebtedness owed to any employee of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries. |
Optional Redemption
At any time prior to August 15, 2008, the Company may
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) at a
redemption price of 109.250% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if
any, thereon to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds
of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:
|
|
|
(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes)
remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such
redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or its
Affiliates); and |
|
|
(2) the redemption must occur within 45 days of the
date of the closing of such Equity Offering. |
90
At any time prior to August 15, 2009, the Company may
redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days prior notice at a redemption price equal
to the sum of (1) 100% of the principal amount thereof,
plus (2) the Applicable Premium as of the date of
redemption, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the date of redemption.
Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Notes will not
be redeemable at the Companys option prior to
August 15, 2009.
On or after August 15, 2009, at any time or from time to
time, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice, at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount)
set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any, thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if
redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 15
of the years indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
Year |
|
Percentage | |
|
|
| |
2009
|
|
|
104.625 |
% |
2010
|
|
|
102.313 |
% |
2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000 |
% |
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time,
the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:
|
|
|
(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities
exchange, in compliance with the requirements of such principal
national securities exchange; or |
|
|
(2) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by
lot or by such method as the Trustee will deem fair and
appropriate. |
No Notes of $1,000 or less will be redeemed in part. Notices of
redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but
not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address.
Notices of redemption may not be conditional.
If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of
redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of
the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in
principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original
Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon
cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption
will become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after
the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or
portions of them called for redemption.
Mandatory Redemption
The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
Repurchase at the Option of Holders
If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have
the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part
(equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of that
Holders Notes pursuant to an offer (a Change of
Control Offer) on the terms set forth in the Indenture. In
the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a payment (a
Change of Control Payment) in cash equal to not less
than 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if
any, thereon, to the date of repurchase (the Change of
Control Payment Date, which date will be no earlier than
the date of such Change of Control). No later than 30 days
following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice
to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that
constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase
Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such
notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no
later than 60 days from the date
91
such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by
the Indenture and described in such notice. The Company will
comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a
result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions
of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change
of Control provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply
with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not
be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of
Control provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the
extent lawful:
|
|
|
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof
properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; |
|
|
(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the
Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions
thereof so tendered; and |
|
|
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the
Notes so accepted together with an Officers Certificate
stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions
thereof being purchased by the Company. |
The Paying Agent will promptly mail or wire transfer to each
Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for
such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail
(or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new
Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the
Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new
Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral
multiple thereof.
Prior to complying with the provisions of this covenant, but in
any event no later than 30 days following a Change of
Control, the Company will either repay all outstanding Senior
Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all
agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the
repurchase of Notes required by this covenant. The Company will
publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on
or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment
Date.
The Credit Agreement currently prohibits the Company from
purchasing any Notes, and also provides that certain change of
control events with respect to the Company would constitute a
default under the Credit Agreement. Any future credit agreements
or other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Company
becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions.
In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the
Company is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Company could
seek the consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of Notes
or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such
prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a consent or
repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from
purchasing Notes. In such case, the Companys failure to
purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default
under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default
under such Senior Debt. In such circumstances, the subordination
provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payments to
the Holders of Notes.
The provisions described above that require the Company to make
a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be
applicable regardless of whether any other provisions of the
Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect
to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain
provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that
the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a
takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.
The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control
Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change
of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture
applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and
purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under
such Change of Control Offer.
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating
to the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body
of case law interpreting the
92
phrase substantially all, there is no precise
established definition of the phrase under applicable law.
Accordingly, the ability of a Holder of Notes to require the
Company to repurchase such Notes as a result of a sale,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of
the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken
as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
|
|
|
(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at
least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity
Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and |
|
|
(2) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of
cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets or a combination of
both. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will
be deemed to be cash: |
|
|
|
(a) any liabilities (as shown on the Companys or such
Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet) of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent
liabilities, Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated to
the Notes or any Note Guarantee and liabilities to the extent
owed to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) that are
assumed by the transferee of any such assets or Equity Interests
pursuant to a written novation agreement that releases the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability
therefor; |
|
|
(b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by
the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are contemporaneously (subject to ordinary
settlement periods) converted by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received in that
conversion); and |
|
|
(c) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale
having an aggregated Fair Market Value, taken together with all
other Designated Non-Cash consideration received pursuant to
this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to
exceed the greater of (x) 5.0% of the Companys
Consolidated Net Assets as of the date or receipt of such
Designated Non-Cash Consideration and
(y) $15.0 million (with the Fair Market Value of each
item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the
time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value). |
Within 540 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from
an Asset Sale, the Company may apply such Net Proceeds at its
option:
|
|
|
(1) to repay Senior Debt and, if the Senior Debt repaid is
revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce
commitments with respect thereto; or |
|
|
(2) to purchase Replacement Assets (or enter into a binding
agreement to purchase such Replacement Assets; provided that
(x) such purchase is consummated within 90 days after
the date of such binding agreement and (y) if such purchase
is not consummated, within the period set forth in
subclause (x), the Net Proceeds not so applied will be
deemed to be Excess Proceeds (as defined below)). |
Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the
Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or
otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not
prohibited by the Indenture.
On the 541st day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date,
if any, as the Company determines not to apply the Net Proceeds
relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in the preceding
paragraph (each such date being referred to as an
Excess Proceeds Trigger Date), such aggregate amount
of Net Proceeds that has not been applied on or before the
Excess Proceeds Trigger Date as permitted in the preceding
paragraph (Excess Proceeds) will be applied by
the Company to make an offer (an Asset Sale Offer) to
93
all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that
ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or
any Note Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set
forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with
the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum
principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu
Indebtedness that may be purchased using the Excess
Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal
to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other
pari passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest
and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and
will be payable in cash.
The Company may defer the Asset Sale Offer until there are
aggregate unutilized Excess Proceeds equal to or in excess of
$10.0 million resulting from one or more Asset Sales, at
which time the entire unutilized amount of Excess Proceeds (not
only the amount in excess of $10.0 million) will be applied
as provided in the preceding paragraph. If any Excess Proceeds
remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company
may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount
of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered
into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu
Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on
the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu
Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer,
Excess Proceeds subject to such Asset Sale and still held by the
Company will no longer be deemed to be Excess Proceeds.
The Company will comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant
to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales
provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be
deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale
provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
The Credit Agreement currently prohibits the Company from
purchasing any Notes, and also provides that certain asset sale
events with respect to the Company would constitute a default
under the Credit Agreement. Any future credit agreements or
other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Company
becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions.
In the event an Asset Sale occurs at a time when the Company is
prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Company could seek the
consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of Notes or could
attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such
prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a consent or
repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from
purchasing Notes. In such case, the Companys failure to
purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default
under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default
under such Senior Debt. In such circumstances, the subordination
provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payments to
the Holders of Notes.
Certain Covenants
(A) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
|
|
|
(1) declare or pay (without duplication) any dividend or
make any other payment or distribution on account of the
Companys or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in
connection with any merger or consolidation involving the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct
or indirect holders of the Companys or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries Equity Interests in their capacity
as such (other than dividends, payments or distributions
(x) payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company or (y) to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company); |
|
|
(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for
value (including, without limitation, in connection with any
merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its
Restricted |
94
|
|
|
Subsidiaries) any Equity Interests of the Company, or any
Restricted Subsidiary thereof held by Persons other than the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; |
|
|
(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase,
redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or any Note
Guarantees, except (a) a payment of interest or principal
at the Stated Maturity thereof or (b) the purchase,
repurchase or other acquisition of any such Indebtedness in
anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal
installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year
of the date of such purchase, repurchase or other
acquisition; or |
|
|
(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and
other actions set forth in clauses (1) through
(4) above being collectively referred to as
Restricted Payments), |
unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such
Restricted Payment:
|
|
|
(1) no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and
be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and |
|
|
(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted
Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to Incur at
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of
the covenant described below under the caption
Incurrence of Indebtedness; and |
|
|
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate
amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding
Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (3), (4), (5),
(6) and (10) of the next succeeding
paragraph (B)), is less than the sum, without duplication,
of: |
|
|
|
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for
the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning
of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to
the end of the Companys most recently ended fiscal quarter
for which internal financial statements are available at the
time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net
Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit),
plus |
|
|
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair
Market Value of assets other than cash received by the Company
since the Issue Date as a contribution to its common equity
capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or from the Incurrence
of Indebtedness of the Company that has been converted into or
exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests
sold to, or Indebtedness held by, a Subsidiary of the Company),
plus |
|
|
(c) with respect to Restricted Investments made by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, an
amount equal to the net reduction in such Restricted Investments
in any Person resulting from repayments of loans or advances, or
other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary or from the net cash proceeds from the
sale of any such Restricted Investment (except, in each case, to
the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the
calculation of Consolidated Net Income), from the release of any
Guarantee (except to the extent any amounts are paid under such
Guarantee) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries
as Restricted Subsidiaries, not to exceed, in each case, the
amount of Restricted Investments previously made by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted
Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus |
|
|
(d) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company is
reduced on the Companys most recent quarterly balance
sheet upon the conversion or exchange subsequent to the Issue
Date of any Indebtedness of the Company convertible or
exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the Company (less the amount of any cash or the Fair Market
Value of any other property distributed by the Company upon such
conversion or exchange) plus the amount of any cash |
95
|
|
|
received by the Company upon such conversion or exchange;
provided, however, that such amount may not exceed the
net proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries from the conversion or exchange of such
Indebtedness (excluding net proceeds from conversion or exchange
by a Subsidiary of the Company or by an employee ownership plan
or by a trust established by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees). |
(B) The preceding provisions will not prohibit, so long as,
in the case of clauses (7) and (12) below, no Default
has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby:
|
|
|
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after
the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration
such payment would have complied with the provisions of the
Indenture; |
|
|
(2) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company to the holders of its Common Stock on a pro rata
basis; |
|
|
(3) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or
other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Guarantor or of any
Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a contribution
to the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company or a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a
Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided that the
amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any
such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other
acquisition will be excluded from clause (3) (b) of the
preceding paragraph (A); |
|
|
(4) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other
acquisition of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or the
Note Guarantees with the net cash proceeds from an Incurrence of
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; |
|
|
(5) Investments acquired as a capital contribution to, or
in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a
substantially concurrent offering of, Equity Interests (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided that
the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for
any such acquisition or exchange will be excluded from
clause (3) (b) of the preceding paragraph (A); |
|
|
(6) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon
the exercise of options or warrants to the extent that such
Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price
thereof; |
|
|
(7) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company held
by any current or former employee or director of the Company (or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) pursuant to the terms of any
employee equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement
or similar agreement entered into in the ordinary course of
business; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such
repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests in a
calendar year does not exceed $2.0 million (with unused
amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding
calendar years (without giving effect to the following proviso))
and does not exceed $6.0 million in aggregate; provided
further that such amount in any calendar year may be
increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the net cash
proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to
members of management or directors of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date (to the
extent such cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests
have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted
Payments) plus (B) the net cash proceeds of key man life
insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, less (C) the amount of
any Restricted Payments made pursuant to
clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (7); |
|
|
(8) payments in respect of management fees to any of the
Principals pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date as
described in this Registration statement in an amount not to
exceed an aggregate amount of $500,000 in any calendar year; |
|
|
(9) payments of dividends on Disqualified Stock otherwise
permitted under Indenture; |
96
|
|
|
(10) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional
shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or
other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital
Stock of the Company; |
|
|
(11) payments of dividends on the Companys common
stock following the first bona fide underwritten public offering
of common stock of the Company after the Closing Date, of up to
6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by the
Company from such public offering; provided however, that
(A) at the time of payment of any such dividend, no Default will
have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom), and
(B) the aggregate amount of all dividends paid under this
clause (11) will not exceed the aggregate amount of
net proceeds received by the Company from such public
offering; and |
|
|
(12) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not
to exceed $10.0 million. |
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be
the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of
the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued
to or by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be,
pursuant to the Restricted Payment. Not later than the date of
making any Restricted Payment, the Company will deliver to the
Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that such
Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon
which the calculations required by this Restricted
Payments covenant were computed, together with a copy of
any opinion or appraisal required by the Indenture.
|
|
|
Incurrence of Indebtedness |
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness;
provided, however, that the Company or any Guarantor may
Incur Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock if the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio for the Companys most recently ended four
full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available immediately preceding the date on which such
additional Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is Incurred would
have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma
basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds
therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock had been Incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter
period.
The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the
Incurrence of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively,
Permitted Debt):
|
|
|
(1) the Incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of
Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (including, without
limitation, the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of
Guarantees thereof) in an aggregate amount at any one time
outstanding pursuant to this clause (1) not to exceed
$200.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all Net
Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary thereof to permanently repay any such Indebtedness
pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Asset Sales; provided that a
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary or a
Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities may incur
Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (1), together with
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (9) of this
Incurrence of Indebtedness covenant, in an aggregate
amount, after giving effect to such Incurrence, at any time
outstanding not to exceed the greater of
(a) $25.0 million or (b) 40% of the aggregate
Consolidated Net Assets of such Restricted Subsidiaries; |
|
|
(2) the Incurrence of Existing Indebtedness; |
|
|
(3) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of
Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note
Guarantees to be issued on the Issue Date; |
|
|
(4) the Incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of
Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings, construction loans or purchase money obligations for
property acquired in the ordinary course of business, in each
case Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of
the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of
property, plant or equipment used by the Company or any such
Guarantor, in an aggregate amount, including all Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or
replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this
clause (4), not to exceed 7.5% of the Companys
Consolidated Net Assets at any time outstanding; |
97
|
|
|
(5) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to
refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than
intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Indenture
to be Incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or
clause (2), (3), (4), (5), or (10) of this paragraph; |
|
|
(6) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness owing to and held by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided,
however, that: |
|
|
|
(a) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly
subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all
Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the
Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; |
|
|
(b) Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Guarantor must
be evidenced by an unsubordinated promissory note, unless the
obligor under such Indebtedness is the Company or a
Guarantor; and |
|
|
(c) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity
Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a
Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof
and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such
Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary thereof, will be deemed, in each case, to
constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not
permitted by this clause (6); |
|
|
|
(7) the Guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors
of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision
of this covenant; or |
|
|
(8) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are Incurred for the
purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity
price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or
amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes),
and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the
Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than
as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices
or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees,
indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; |
|
|
(9) the Incurrence by any Restricted Subsidiary other than
a Domestic Subsidiary of Indebtedness in an aggregate amount at
any time outstanding, after giving effect to such Incurrence and
together with any Indebtedness Incurred under the proviso in
clause (1) of this Incurrence of Indebtedness
covenant, not to exceed the greater of (a) $25 million
or (b) 40% of the Consolidated Net Assets of any such
Restricted Subsidiaries; or |
|
|
(10) the Incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of
additional Indebtedness in an aggregate amount at any time
outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to this clause (10), not to exceed the
greater of (a) $15.0 million or (b) 5% of the
Consolidated Net Assets of the Company. |
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in
the event that any proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of
more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in
clauses (1) through (10) above, or is entitled to be
Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the
Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness
at the time of its Incurrence in any manner that complies with
this covenant. In addition, any Indebtedness originally
classified as Incurred pursuant to clauses (1) through
(10) above may later be reclassified by the Company such
that it will be deemed as having been Incurred pursuant to
another of such clauses to the extent that such reclassified
Indebtedness could be incurred pursuant to such new clause at
the time of such reclassification. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding
on the Issue Date will be deemed to have been Incurred on such
date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of
the definition of Permitted Debt.
98
Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the
maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to
this covenant will not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to
any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of
fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies.
|
|
|
Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt |
The Company will not Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate
in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company unless it
ranks pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to
the Notes. No Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness that is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Debt of
such Guarantor unless it ranks pari passu or subordinate
in right of payment to such Guarantors Note Guarantee. For
purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be
subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of
the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, solely by reason of
Liens or Guarantees arising or created in respect of such other
Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or by virtue of the
fact that the holders of any secured Indebtedness have entered
into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders
priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or
suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind
securing Indebtedness (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of
their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired,
unless all payments due under the Indenture and the Notes are
secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so
secured (or, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated to the
Notes or the Note Guarantees, prior or senior thereto, with the
same relative priority as the Notes will have with respect to
such subordinated Indebtedness) until such time as such
obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.
|
|
|
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Restricted Subsidiaries |
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to
exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
|
|
|
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its
Capital Stock (or with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or measured by, its profits) to the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any liabilities owed
to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; |
|
|
(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; or |
|
|
(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. |
However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to
encumbrances or restrictions:
|
|
|
(1) existing under, by reason of or with respect to the
Credit Agreement, Existing Indebtedness or any other agreements
in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that the
encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements,
refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive,
taken as a whole, than those contained in the Credit Agreement,
Existing Indebtedness or such other agreements, as the case may
be, as in effect on the Issue Date; |
|
|
(2) set forth in the Indenture, the Notes and the Note
Guarantees; |
|
|
(3) existing under, by reason of or with respect to
applicable law; |
|
|
(4) with respect to any Person or the property or assets of
a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries existing at the time of such acquisition and not
incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such
acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable
to any Person or the properties or assets of any Person, other
than the Person, or the property or assets of the |
99
|
|
|
Person so acquired and any amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that the
encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements,
refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive,
taken as a whole, than those in effect on the date of the
acquisition; |
|
|
(5) in the case of clause (3) of the first paragraph
of this covenant: |
|
|
|
(A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting,
assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease,
license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset, |
|
|
(B) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to
transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any
property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
thereof not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture; |
|
|
(C) any encumbrance or restriction arising or existing by
reason of construction loans or purchase money obligations for
property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital
Lease Obligations, in each case to the extent permitted under
the Indenture; |
|
|
(D) customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of
intellectual property in connection with licenses of such
intellectual property in the ordinary course of business; |
|
|
(E) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of provisions with respect to the disposition or
distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements
and other similar agreements, in each case to the extent
permitted under the Indenture, so long as any such encumbrances
or restrictions are not applicable to any Person (to its
property or assets) other than such joint venture or a
Subsidiary thereof; or |
|
|
(F) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of
business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not,
individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of
property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
thereof in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary thereof; |
|
|
|
(6) existing under, by reason of or with respect to any
agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and
assets of, a Restricted Subsidiary that restrict distributions
by that Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale or other
disposition; and |
|
|
(7) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
customers or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies,
in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business. |
|
|
|
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets |
The Company will not, directly or indirectly:
(1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person
(whether or not the Company is the surviving Person) or
(2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one
or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
|
|
|
(1) either: (a) the Company is the surviving Person;
or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
will have been made (i) is a Person organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia and (ii) assumes all the obligations
of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture and, to the extent
applicable, the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to
agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; |
|
|
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no
Default or Event of Default exists; |
|
|
(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on
a pro forma basis, the Company or the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the
Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition will have been made, will be |
100
|
|
|
permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the
caption Incurrence of Indebtedness. |
|
|
(4) each Guarantor, unless such Guarantor is the Person
with which the Company has entered into a transaction under this
covenant, will have by amendment to its Note Guarantee confirmed
that its Note Guarantee will apply to the obligations of the
Company or the surviving Person in accordance with the Notes and
the Indenture. |
|
|
(5) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers
Certificate (attaching the arithmetic computation to demonstrate
compliance with clause (3) above) and Opinion of Counsel,
in each case stating that such transaction and such agreement
complies with this covenant and that all conditions precedent
provided for in this covenant relating to such transaction have
been complied with. |
Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance
with this covenant, the successor corporation formed by such
consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition is made will succeed to, and be substituted for (so
that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger,
sale, assignment, conveyance or other disposition, the
provisions of the Indenture referring to the Company
will refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the
Company), and may exercise every right and power of, the Company
under the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor
Person had been named as the Company in the Indenture.
In addition, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may
not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all the
properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, in one or more
related transactions, to any other Person. Clause (3) above
of this covenant will not apply to any merger, consolidation or
sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of
assets between or among the Company and any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries.
|
|
|
Transactions with Affiliates |
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer
or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or
purchase any property or assets from, or enter into, make,
amend, renew or extend any transaction, contract, agreement,
understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the
benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an Affiliate
Transaction), unless:
|
|
|
(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less
favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary
than those that would have been obtained in a comparable
arms-length transaction by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and |
|
|
(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: |
|
|
|
(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration
in excess of $5.0 million, a Board Resolution set forth in
an Officers Certificate certifying that such Affiliate
Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions complies
with this covenant, and that such Affiliate Transaction or
series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a
majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors
of the Company; and |
|
|
(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration
in excess of $25.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness
to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate
Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions from a
financial point of view issued by an independent accounting,
appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing. |
101
The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate
Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the
provisions of the prior paragraph:
|
|
|
(1) transactions between or among the Company and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries; |
|
|
(2) payment of reasonable and customary fees to, and
reasonable and customary indemnification and similar payments on
behalf of, directors of the Company; |
|
|
(3) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the
provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenants
described under the caption Restricted
Payments including, without limitation, payments included
in the definition of Permitted Investments; and |
|
|
(4) any sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company; |
|
|
(5) the receipt by the Company of any capital contribution
from its shareholders; |
|
|
(6) transactions pursuant to agreements or arrangements in
effect on the Issue Date and described in this registration
statement, or any amendment, modification, or supplement thereto
or replacement thereof, as long as such agreement or
arrangement, as so amended, modified or supplemented or
replaced, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the original
agreements or arrangements in existence on the Issue Date; |
|
|
(7) payment by the Company of management or other similar
fees to any of the Principals pursuant to any agreement or
arrangement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 in any
calendar year; and |
|
|
(8) any employment, consulting, service or termination
agreement, or reasonable and customary indemnification
arrangements, entered into by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the payment of
compensation to officers and employees of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries (including amounts paid pursuant to
employee benefit plans, employee stock option or similar plans),
so long as such agreement or payment has been approved by the
Board of Directors of the Company. |
|
|
|
Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted
Subsidiaries |
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary; provided that:
|
|
|
(1) any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary thereof of any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being
so designated will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness
by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (or both, if
applicable) at the time of such designation, and such Incurrence
of Indebtedness would be permitted under the covenant described
above under the caption Incurrence of
Indebtedness, and any lien on the property of the
Restricted Subsidiary will be permitted to exist under the
covenant described above under the caption
Liens; |
|
|
(2) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding
Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
in the Subsidiary being so designated (including any Guarantee
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness
of such Subsidiary) will be deemed to be a Restricted Investment
made as of the time of such designation and that such Investment
would be permitted under the covenant described above under the
caption Restricted Payments; |
|
|
(3) the Subsidiary being so designated: |
|
|
|
(a) except as permitted by the covenant described above
under the caption Transaction with
Affiliates, is not party to any agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such
agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less
favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than
those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are
not Affiliates of the Company; |
102
|
|
|
(b) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company
nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or
indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity
Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such
Persons financial condition or to cause such Person to
achieve any specified levels of operating results; and |
|
|
(c) has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly
provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent such
Guarantee or credit support would be released upon such
designation; and |
|
|
|
(4) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence
following such designation. |
Any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by
filing with the Trustee the Board Resolution giving effect to
such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying
that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and
was permitted by the Indenture. If, at any time, any
Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet any of the preceding
requirements and such failure continues for a period of
30 days, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness,
Investments, or Liens on the property, of such Subsidiary will
be deemed to be Incurred or made by a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness,
Investments or Liens are not permitted to be Incurred or made as
of such date under the Indenture, the Company will be in default
under the Indenture.
The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate
any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that:
|
|
|
(1) such designation will be deemed to be an Incurrence of
Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any
outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and
such designation will only be permitted if such Indebtedness is
permitted under the covenant described under the caption
Incurrence of Indebtedness; |
|
|
(2) all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted
Subsidiary will be deemed to be made as of the time of such
designation and such designation will only be permitted if such
Investments would be permitted under the covenant described
above under the caption Restricted
Payments; |
|
|
(3) all Liens upon property or assets of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary existing at the time of such designation would be
permitted under the covenant described under the caption
Liens; and |
|
|
(4) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence
following such designation. |
|
|
|
Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Preferred Stock in
Restricted Subsidiaries |
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise
dispose of any Preferred Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company that is not a Guarantor to any Person (other than
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), unless:
|
|
|
(1) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other
disposition is of all the Equity Interest in such Restricted
Subsidiary owned by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and |
|
|
(2) the cash Net Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance,
sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with
the covenant described above under the caption
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Asset Sales. |
In addition, the Company will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor to issue any
of its Preferred Stock (other than, if necessary, shares of its
Capital Stock constituting directors qualifying shares or
issuances of shares of Capital Stock of foreign Restricted
Subsidiaries to foreign nationals, to the extent required by
applicable law) to any Person other than to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.
103
If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or
creates another Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial
Subsidiary) on or after the Issue Date, then that newly acquired
or created Domestic Subsidiary must become a Guarantor of the
Notes and execute a supplemental indenture and deliver an
Opinion of Counsel with respect to such Guarantee. Any
Immaterial Subsidiary that no longer meets the definition of
Immaterial Subsidiary must become a Guarantor of the Notes in
accordance with the following paragraph.
The Company will not permit any Domestic Subsidiary (including
any Immaterial Subsidiary), directly or indirectly, to Guarantee
or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other
Indebtedness of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary
thereof unless such Restricted Subsidiary is a Guarantor or
simultaneously executes and delivers to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel and a supplemental indenture providing for the
Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted
Subsidiary, which Guarantee will be senior to, or pari passu
with, such Subsidiarys Guarantee of such other
Indebtedness unless such other Indebtedness is Senior Debt, in
which case the Guarantee of the Notes may be subordinated to the
Guarantee of such Senior Debt to the same extent as the Notes
are subordinated to such Senior Debt.
A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge
with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving
Person), another Person, other than the Company or another
Guarantor, unless:
|
|
|
(1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no
Default or Event of Default exists; and |
|
|
(2) either: |
|
|
|
(a) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or
disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) is
organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any
state thereof or the District of Columbia and assumes all the
obligations of that Guarantor under the Indenture, its Note
Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a
supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or |
|
|
(b) such sale or other disposition or consolidation or
merger complies with the covenant described above under the
caption Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Asset Sales. |
The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:
|
|
|
(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all
of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor to a Person that is not
(either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale of all such
Capital Stock of that Guarantor complies with the covenant
described above under the caption Repurchase
at the Option of Holders Asset Sales; |
|
|
(2) if the Company properly designates any Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
under the Indenture; or |
|
|
(3) solely in the case of a Note Guarantee created pursuant
to the second paragraph of this covenant, upon the release or
discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the creation of
such Note Guarantee pursuant to this covenant, except a
discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such
Guarantee. |
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary thereof to, engage in any business other than
Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be
material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as
a whole.
104
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid
any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes
for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of
any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes
unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to
all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend
in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
The Company will furnish to the Trustee and, upon request, to
the Holders a copy of all of the information and reports
referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, if such
information and reports are not filed electronically with the
Commission, within the time periods specified in the
Commissions rules and regulations:
|
|
|
(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that
would be required to be contained in a filing with the
Commission on
Forms 10-Q
and 10-K if the
Company were required to file such Forms, including a
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and, with respect to
the annual information only, a report on the annual financial
statements by the Companys certified independent
accountants; and |
|
|
(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed
with the Commission on
Form 8-K if the
Company were required to file such reports. |
After consummation of this Exchange Offer, whether or not
required by the Commission, the Company will comply with the
periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will
file the reports specified in the preceding paragraph with the
Commission within the time periods specified above unless the
Commission will not accept such a filing. The Company agrees
that it will not take any action for the purpose of causing the
Commission not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Commission will not accept the Companys
filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports
referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the
time periods that would apply if the Company were required to
file those reports with the Commission.
If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as
Unrestricted Subsidiaries or if any of the Companys
Subsidiaries are not Guarantors, then the Company will include a
reasonably detailed discussion of the financial condition and
results of operations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, or if
more than one, of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole and of such non-Guarantor Subsidiaries taken as a whole,
separately in each case, in the section of the Companys
quarterly and annual financial information required by this
covenant under the caption Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, and further, in the case of the non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries, also include a presentation of the financial
condition and results of operations of such non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries on the face of the financial statements or in the
footnotes thereto, separate from the financial condition and
results of operations of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries.
In addition, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed that,
for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, they will furnish
to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon their request,
the information required to be delivered pursuant to
Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
Events of Default and Remedies
Each of the following is an Event of Default:
|
|
|
(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of
interest on, or Additional Interest with respect to, the Notes
whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the
Indenture; |
105
|
|
|
(2) default in payment when due (whether at maturity, upon
acceleration, redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or
premium, if any, on the Notes, whether or not prohibited by the
subordination provisions of the Indenture; |
|
|
(3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to consummate a purchase of the Notes when required
by the provisions described under the captions
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Change of Control, or
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Asset Sales or failure to comply with
Certain Covenants Merger,
Consolidation or Sale of Assets; |
|
|
(4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries for 60 days after written notice by the
Trustee or Holders representing 25% or more of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes outstanding to comply with any of the
other agreements in the Indenture; |
|
|
(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument
under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured
or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that together would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary) (or the payment of which is
Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries)
whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created
after the Issue Date, if that default: |
|
|
|
(a) is caused by a failure to make any payment when due at
the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a Payment
Default); or |
|
|
(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior
to its express maturity, |
|
|
|
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default
or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates
$10.0 million or more; |
|
|
|
(6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any Restricted
Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary) to pay final judgments (to the extent such judgments
are not paid or covered by insurance provided by a reputable
carrier that has the ability to perform and has acknowledged
coverage in writing) aggregating in excess of
$10.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or
stayed for a period of 60 days; |
|
|
(7) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note
Guarantee will be held in any judicial proceeding to be
unenforceable or invalid or will cease for any reason to be in
full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on
behalf of any Guarantor, will deny or disaffirm its obligations
under its Note Guarantee; and |
|
|
(8) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect
to the Company, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that
is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or any Restricted
Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary). |
In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events
of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company, any
Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant
Subsidiary of the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that
together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), all
outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately
without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least
25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by
notice in writing to the Company specifying the event of
default; provided, however, that so long as any
Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the Credit
Agreement will be outstanding, that acceleration will not be
effective until the earlier of (1) an acceleration of
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement; or (2) five
Business Days after receipt by the Company, and Agent under the
Credit Agreement of written notice of the acceleration of the
Notes.
In the event of a declaration or acceleration of the Notes
because an Event of Default described in clause (5) above
has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration
of the notes will be
106
automatically annulled if the payment default or other default
triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (5)
above is remedied or cured by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or waived by the holders of the relevant
Indebtedness within 60 days after the declaration of
acceleration with respect thereto and if (a) annulment of
the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any
judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and
(b) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of
principal, premium or interest on the notes that became due
solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured
or waived.
Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes
except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain
limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of
any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the
Notes notice of any Default or Event of Default (except a
Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal
or interest or Additional Interest) if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest.
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of
the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or
Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except
a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of
interest or Additional Interest on, or the principal of, the
Notes. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy
available to the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to
follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture,
that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the
Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to
the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such
direction and may take any other action it deems proper that is
not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders
of Notes. A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to the
Indenture or the Notes unless:
|
|
|
(1) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a
continuing Event of Default; |
|
|
(2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Notes make a written request to the
Trustee to pursue the remedy; |
|
|
(3) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or
expense; |
|
|
(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within
60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of
indemnity; and |
|
|
(5) during such
60-day period, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is
inconsistent with the request. |
However, such limitations do not apply to the right of any
Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium
or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, such Note or to
bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after
the due date expressed in the Notes, which right will not be
impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.
In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any
willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of
the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the
premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company
then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional
redemption provisions of the Indenture, an equivalent premium
will also become and be immediately due and payable to the
extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. If
an Event of Default occurs during any time that the Notes are
outstanding, by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken
(or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention
of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes, then the
premium specified in the first paragraph of
Optional Redemption will also become
immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon
the acceleration of the Notes.
The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually
within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year a
statement regarding compliance with the Indenture. Upon becoming
aware of any Default or Event of
107
Default, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder,
member, manager or partner of the Company or any Guarantor, as
such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company
or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note
Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of
Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to
waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have
all of its obligations discharged with respect to the
outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors
discharged with respect to their Note Guarantees (Legal
Defeasance) except for:
|
|
|
(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive
payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium
and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such
payments are due from the trust referred to below; |
|
|
(2) the Companys obligations with respect to the
Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance
of an office or agency for payment and money for security
payments held in trust; |
|
|
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of
the Trustee, and the Companys and the Guarantors
obligations in connection therewith; and |
|
|
(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture. |
In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time,
elect to have the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors
released with respect to certain covenants that are described in
the Indenture (Covenant Defeasance) and all
obligations of the Guarantors with respect to the Guarantees
discharged, and; thereafter any omission to comply with those
covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with
respect to the Notes or the Guarantees. In the event Covenant
Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment,
bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events)
described under Events of Default will no longer
constitute Events of Default with respect to the Notes.
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance:
|
|
|
(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee,
in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in
U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a
combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in
the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and
premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding
Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption
date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether
the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular
redemption date; |
|
|
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company will have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Company
has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal
Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the Issue Date, there
has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in
either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion
of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding
Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income
tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
Legal Defeasance had not occurred; |
108
|
|
|
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company will
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant
Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have
been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; |
|
|
(4) no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and
be continuing either: (a) on the date of such deposit; or
(b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or
insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period
ending on the 123rd day after the date of deposit (other
than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be
applied to such deposit); |
|
|
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not
result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under any material agreement or instrument (other than the
Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is
bound; |
|
|
(6) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, (1) assuming no
intervening bankruptcy of the Company or any Guarantor between
the date of deposit and the 123rd day following the deposit
and assuming that no Holder or the Trustee is deemed to be an
insider of the Company under the United States
Bankruptcy Code and the New York Debtor and Creditor Law, and
assuming that the deposit is not otherwise deemed to be to or
for the benefit of an insider of the Company under
the United States Bankruptcy Code and the New York Debtor and
Creditor Law, and assuming that no Holder or the Trustee is
deemed to be an initial transferee or mediate
transferee of a transfer within the meaning of
Section 550 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, after the
123rd day following the deposit, the transfer of the trust
funds pursuant to such deposit will not be subject to avoidance
pursuant to Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy
Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law
and (2) the creation of the defeasance trust does not
violate the Investment Company Act of 1940; |
|
|
(7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an
Officers Certificate stating that the deposit was not made
by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of
Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of
defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the
Company or others; and |
|
|
(8) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an
Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal
Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. |
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the
Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be amended or
supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a
majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
(including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection
with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for,
Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any
provision of the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be
waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including,
without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a
purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).
Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or
waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder):
|
|
|
(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must
consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; |
|
|
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of
any Note or alter the provisions, or waive any payment, with
respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than any provision
with respect to the covenant described under the caption
Repurchase at the Options of Holders Asset
Sales or |
109
|
|
|
Repurchase at the Option of Holders Change of
Control or Merger, Consolidation and Sale of
Assets); |
|
|
(3) reduce the rate of, or change the time for payment of,
interest on any Note; |
|
|
(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of
principal of, or interest, or premium or Additional Interest, if
any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the
Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment
default that resulted from such acceleration); |
|
|
(5) make any Note payable in money other than
U.S. dollars; |
|
|
(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture
relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of
Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or
premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes; |
|
|
(7) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under
its Note Guarantee or the Indenture, except in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture; |
|
|
(8) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement
of any payment on or with respect to the Notes or the Note
Guarantees; |
|
|
(9) except as otherwise permitted under the covenants
described under the captions Certain
Covenants Guarantees, consent to the
assignment or transfer by the Company or any Guarantor of any of
their rights or obligations under the Indenture; or |
|
|
(10) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver
provisions. |
In addition, any amendment to or waiver of, any of the
provisions of the Indenture or the related definitions affecting
the subordination or ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee
in any manner adverse to the Holders will require the consent of
the Holders of at least 75% in the aggregate amount of the Notes
then outstanding, otherwise the Company may not amend or waive
any such provisions.
Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any Holder
of Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend
or supplement the Indenture or the Notes:
|
|
|
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; |
|
|
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or
in place of certificated Notes; |
|
|
(3) to provide for the assumption of the Companys or
any Guarantors obligations to Holders of Notes in the case
of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all
of the Companys or such Guarantors assets; |
|
|
(4) to make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not
materially adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture
of any such Holder, including the addition of any new Note
Guarantee; |
|
|
(5) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order
to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under
the Trust Indenture Act; |
|
|
(6) to comply with the provisions described under
Certain Covenants
Guarantees, including to reflect the release of a
Guarantee of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture; |